{"title":"Budget \u0026 Money","description":"\u003cp\u003eBudget spreadsheet templates for Excel and Google Sheets. Plan a monthly or annual budget, budget by paycheck, pay off debt with the snowball or avalanche method, build savings and keep track of every bill.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eEach template comes filled with a worked example and as a blank copy, so you can see how it works before you type in your own numbers. No macros, no add-ins and no subscription.\u003c\/p\u003e","products":[{"product_id":"budget-spreadsheet-dashboard","title":"Ultimate Budget Dashboard Spreadsheet","description":"\u003cp\u003eThis budget spreadsheet turns one list of transactions into a full year of answers. Type each purchase and paycheck once, and a single dashboard shows what came in, what went out, where it went, what you saved and whether you stayed on budget, for the whole year or any month you pick.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePlease read:\u003c\/strong\u003e This is a tracker tool only, not financial, tax, legal, medical or any other professional advice or advisory service. It records and calculates what you enter; you are solely responsible for checking all figures, rates, dates and results and for every decision you make. By purchasing, downloading or using it, you accept these terms (your statutory consumer rights are not affected).\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eThe dashboard\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eNothing on the dashboard is typed. It fills itself from your transactions and redraws when you choose a different month.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFive live cards: money in, money out, saved, left over and savings rate\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe change against last month on every card, shown as an up or down arrow in green or red\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA twelve-month mini chart in every card, with the month you picked highlighted\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCash flow: income against spending for every month, with a running total\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWhere it went: spending by group, with each share as a percentage\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBudget against actual for every group, turning red when you go over\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA daily heat map of the month, shaded by how much you spent each day\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eYour top five categories, savings goals, debts, net worth and the 50\/30\/20 split\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eTwenty-eight connected tabs\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eEvery tab reads from the same transactions, so you never copy a number from one place to another.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTransactions:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2,000 rows and the single source of truth for everything else\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIncome:\u003c\/strong\u003e every paycheck, on weekly, bi-weekly, semi-monthly or monthly cycles\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRecurring and Bill Calendar:\u003c\/strong\u003e the bills that repeat, and all twelve months showing what is due on which day\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAccounts:\u003c\/strong\u003e checking, savings, cards, cash and investments, with balances\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eJanuary to December:\u003c\/strong\u003e budget against actual against variance for every category, so you can start in any month\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAnnual Summary:\u003c\/strong\u003e forty categories by twelve months on a single page\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003ePlan ahead and build savings\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eBeyond the monthly budget tracker, the workbook covers the longer-term side of your money.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e50\/30\/20: needs, wants and savings against the rule of thumb, every month\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eExpense Breakdown by group and by category for the year\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSinking Funds for once-a-year bills, saved for monthly\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDebt payoff with the snowball or avalanche method: pick one and the payoff order calculates itself\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSavings Goals with the target, the amount saved and the month you reach it\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNet Worth, what you own less what you owe, tracked monthly\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA No-Spend Challenge to tick off the days you spent nothing\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eLight and dark editions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eEvery download includes a light edition and a dark mode budget edition. Every tab is restyled, not just the dashboard, and both use the same formulas. Each comes filled with a worked example and as a blank copy, in Excel and as a Google Sheets budget.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWorks with\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMicrosoft Excel 2016, 2019, 2021 and Microsoft 365, on Windows and Mac, and LibreOffice\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGoogle Sheets with a free Google account. The Google Sheets version is a real workbook, not a PDF with a link in it.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNo macros, no add-ins, no subscription and no bank connection\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhat you download\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLight edition: the Excel workbook filled with a worked example, and a blank one\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDark edition: the same two files in the dark design\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe instruction guide, with one-click links to the Google Sheets versions (light and dark, filled and blank)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe terms of use as a PDF\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003eYour files are ready to download as soon as payment clears. The template is for your own household. Please do not share or resell the files. Questions before or after you buy? Use our contact page and we will help.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDo I need Excel, or can I use Google Sheets?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eEither. The download includes Excel workbooks for Excel 2016 or later on Windows and Mac, and the instruction guide has one-click links to make your own copy in Google Sheets with a free Google account.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDo I have to start in January?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. Each month has its own tab and the dashboard reads whatever you have entered, so you can start budgeting in any month.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan I track more than one income?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The Income tab takes every paycheck and handles weekly, bi-weekly, semi-monthly and monthly pay cycles.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan I rename the categories?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The Setup tab holds your categories and currency, and the rest of the workbook follows your names.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the difference between the light and dark editions?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eOnly the look. Both have the same 28 tabs and the same formulas, and both are included in every download.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"OPXVIA","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":67597853065310,"sku":"OPX-002","price":29.0,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0769\/2094\/6782\/files\/budget-spreadsheet-dashboard-01.jpg?v=1790831009"},{"product_id":"biweekly-paycheck-budget","title":"Bi-Weekly Paycheck Budget Spreadsheet","description":"\u003cp\u003eThis biweekly budget spreadsheet is built for people paid every other Friday, or any two-week rhythm. Every paycheck gets its own plan, and one dashboard shows any of the 26 pay periods or the whole year: what arrived, what you spent, where it went, what you saved and what carries into the next check.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePlease read:\u003c\/strong\u003e This is a tracker tool only, not financial, tax, legal, medical or any other professional advice or advisory service. It records and calculates what you enter; you are solely responsible for checking all figures, rates, dates and results and for every decision you make. By purchasing, downloading or using it, you accept these terms (your statutory consumer rights are not affected).\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eThe dashboard\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eChoose one paycheck or the full year and the page redraws. You never type here; it reads your transactions.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFive live cards: money in, money out, saved, savings rate and the amount rolling over\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe change against the last paycheck on every card, shown with an up or down arrow\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA 26-paycheck mini chart inside each card, with the paycheck you picked highlighted\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePaycheck flow: income against spending for all 26 paychecks, plus what rolls over\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWhere it went: spending by group with the total in the center and each share as a percentage\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBudget against actual for every group, with any overspending called out\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eYour top categories, subscriptions, debts, savings goals and the 50\/30\/20 split\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eNineteen connected tabs\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis paycheck budget is split by what you do with each payday.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eEvery pay period\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePaychecks:\u003c\/strong\u003e all 26, each with income, brought forward, available, spent and left over\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBudget by Paycheck:\u003c\/strong\u003e choose a period and see planned, spent and left for every category\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIncome:\u003c\/strong\u003e weekly, bi-weekly, semi-monthly or monthly pay cycles\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTransactions:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2,000 rows, the single source every other tab reads\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eBills and subscriptions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRecurring:\u003c\/strong\u003e the bills that repeat and the day each one lands\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBill Calendar:\u003c\/strong\u003e all twelve months, showing what is due on which day, so it doubles as a bill tracker\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSubscriptions:\u003c\/strong\u003e a subscription tracker with monthly and annual cost that flags anything over 300 dollars a year\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAccounts:\u003c\/strong\u003e checking, savings, cards, cash and investments\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eGet ahead\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e50\/30\/20:\u003c\/strong\u003e needs, wants and savings against the rule of thumb\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDebt Payoff:\u003c\/strong\u003e choose snowball or avalanche and the payoff order works itself out\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSinking Funds:\u003c\/strong\u003e once-a-year bills, saved for a little every payday\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSavings Goals:\u003c\/strong\u003e the target, what you have saved and the month you reach it\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNet Worth:\u003c\/strong\u003e what you own less what you owe\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAnnual Summary, Expense Breakdown and No-Spend Challenge\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eLight and dark editions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eEvery download includes a light edition and a dark mode budget edition. Every tab is restyled, not only the dashboard, and the formulas are identical. Both come filled with a worked example and blank, in Excel and in Google Sheets, so you can see a budget by paycheck working before you start your own.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWorks with\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMicrosoft Excel 2016, 2019, 2021 and Microsoft 365, on Windows and Mac, and LibreOffice\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGoogle Sheets with a free Google account. The Google Sheets version is a real workbook, not a PDF with a link in it.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBuilt with no dynamic arrays, no macros and no add-ins, so it behaves the same everywhere\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNo subscription and no bank connection\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhat you download\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLight edition: the Excel workbook filled with a worked example, and a blank one\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDark edition: the same two files in the dark design\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe instruction guide, with one-click links to the Google Sheets versions (light and dark, filled and blank)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe terms of use as a PDF\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003eYour files are ready as soon as payment clears. The template is for your personal use on your own devices; please do not share or resell the files. Questions before or after you buy? Use our contact page and we will help.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan I use it in Google Sheets instead of Excel?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The Excel workbooks open in Excel 2016 or later on Windows and Mac, and the instruction guide has one-click links to copy the Google Sheets versions with a free Google account.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhy 26 paychecks and not 12 months?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eBeing paid every two weeks gives you 26 paydays a year, so the workbook plans and tracks each one. What is left over on one paycheck is brought forward to the next.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat if I have a second income on a different schedule?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Income tab handles weekly, bi-weekly, semi-monthly and monthly pay cycles, so you can log each income on its own cycle.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes it connect to my bank?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. You log each transaction yourself, once, and every tab and chart updates from that list. There is no bank connection and no subscription.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eAre the light and dark editions different?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eOnly in how they look. Both have the same tabs and formulas, and both are in every download.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"OPXVIA","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":67597859684446,"sku":"OPX-003","price":27.0,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0769\/2094\/6782\/files\/biweekly-paycheck-budget-01.jpg?v=1790831936"},{"product_id":"semi-monthly-paycheck-budget","title":"Semi-Monthly Paycheck Budget Spreadsheet","description":"\u003cp\u003eThis semi monthly budget spreadsheet is made for pay that lands twice a month, on the 1st and the 15th. You plan each of your 24 paychecks separately, and a single dashboard shows one pay period or the full year: income, spending, where it went, what you saved and what rolls forward.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePlease read:\u003c\/strong\u003e This is a tracker tool only, not financial, tax, legal, medical or any other professional advice or advisory service. It records and calculates what you enter; you are solely responsible for checking all figures, rates, dates and results and for every decision you make. By purchasing, downloading or using it, you accept these terms (your statutory consumer rights are not affected).\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eThe dashboard\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003ePick any paycheck, or the whole year, and every chart on the page follows. It fills itself from your transactions.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFive live cards: money in, money out, saved, savings rate and the amount rolling over\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe change against the last paycheck on every card, shown with an up or down arrow\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA 24-paycheck mini chart inside each card, with the paycheck you picked highlighted\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePaycheck flow: income against spending for all 24 paychecks, plus what rolls over\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWhere it went: spending by group with the total in the center and each share as a percentage\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBudget against actual for every group, with any overspending called out\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eYour top categories, subscriptions, debts, savings goals and the 50\/30\/20 split\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eNineteen connected tabs\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eAs a paycheck budget, the tabs are grouped by the job they do around each payday.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eEvery pay period\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePaychecks:\u003c\/strong\u003e all 24, each with income, brought forward, available, spent and left over\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBudget by Paycheck:\u003c\/strong\u003e choose a period and see planned, spent and left for every category\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIncome:\u003c\/strong\u003e weekly, bi-weekly, semi-monthly or monthly pay cycles\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTransactions:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2,000 rows, the single source every other tab reads\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eBills and subscriptions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRecurring:\u003c\/strong\u003e the bills that repeat and the day each one lands\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBill Calendar:\u003c\/strong\u003e all twelve months, showing what is due on which day, so it doubles as a bill tracker\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSubscriptions:\u003c\/strong\u003e a subscription tracker with monthly and annual cost that flags anything over 300 dollars a year\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAccounts:\u003c\/strong\u003e checking, savings, cards, cash and investments\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eGet ahead\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e50\/30\/20:\u003c\/strong\u003e needs, wants and savings against the rule of thumb\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDebt Payoff:\u003c\/strong\u003e choose snowball or avalanche and the payoff order works itself out\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSinking Funds:\u003c\/strong\u003e once-a-year bills, saved for a little every payday\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSavings Goals:\u003c\/strong\u003e the target, what you have saved and the month you reach it\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNet Worth:\u003c\/strong\u003e what you own less what you owe\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAnnual Summary, Expense Breakdown and No-Spend Challenge\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eLight and dark editions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eEvery download includes a light edition and a dark mode budget edition. Every tab is restyled, not only the dashboard, and the formulas are identical. Both come filled with a worked example and blank, in Excel and in Google Sheets, so you can see a budget by paycheck working before you start your own.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWorks with\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMicrosoft Excel 2016, 2019, 2021 and Microsoft 365, on Windows and Mac, and LibreOffice\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGoogle Sheets with a free Google account. The Google Sheets version is a real workbook, not a PDF with a link in it.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBuilt with no dynamic arrays, no macros and no add-ins, so it behaves the same everywhere\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNo subscription and no bank connection\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhat you download\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLight edition: the Excel workbook filled with a worked example, and a blank one\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDark edition: the same two files in the dark design\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe instruction guide, with one-click links to the Google Sheets versions (light and dark, filled and blank)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe terms of use as a PDF\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003eYour files are ready as soon as payment clears. The template is for your personal use on your own devices; please do not share or resell the files. Questions before or after you buy? Use our contact page and we will help.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs this an Excel file or a Google Sheets file?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eBoth. You download Excel workbooks for Excel 2016 or later on Windows and Mac, and the instruction guide links to the Google Sheets versions so you can make your own copy with a free Google account.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow does it handle two paychecks a month?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt treats each payday as its own budget period, 24 in the year. Each one shows income, money brought forward, what is available, what you spent and what is left over.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan I add income that is paid on another schedule?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The Income tab supports weekly, bi-weekly, semi-monthly and monthly pay cycles.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes it connect to my bank?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. You log each transaction yourself, once, and every tab and chart updates from that list. There is no bank connection and no subscription.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eAre the light and dark editions different?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eOnly in how they look. Both have the same tabs and formulas, and both are in every download.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"OPXVIA","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":67597859717214,"sku":"OPX-004","price":27.0,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0769\/2094\/6782\/files\/semi-monthly-paycheck-budget-01.jpg?v=1790831942"},{"product_id":"weekly-paycheck-budget","title":"Weekly Paycheck Budget Spreadsheet","description":"\u003cp\u003eThis weekly budget spreadsheet suits anyone paid every week, from hourly shifts to contract work. Each of your 52 paychecks gets its own plan, and one dashboard shows a single week or the full year: what came in, what went out, where it went, what you put aside and what carries over.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePlease read:\u003c\/strong\u003e This is a tracker tool only, not financial, tax, legal, medical or any other professional advice or advisory service. It records and calculates what you enter; you are solely responsible for checking all figures, rates, dates and results and for every decision you make. By purchasing, downloading or using it, you accept these terms (your statutory consumer rights are not affected).\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eThe dashboard\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eSelect a paycheck or the full year and the whole page updates. Every number comes from your transactions, so nothing here is typed.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFive live cards: money in, money out, saved, savings rate and the amount rolling over\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe change against the last paycheck on every card, shown with an up or down arrow\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA 52-paycheck mini chart inside each card, with the paycheck you picked highlighted\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePaycheck flow: income against spending for all 52 paychecks, plus what rolls over\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWhere it went: spending by group with the total in the center and each share as a percentage\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBudget against actual for every group, with any overspending called out\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eYour top categories, subscriptions, debts, savings goals and the 50\/30\/20 split\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eNineteen connected tabs\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eHere is how this paycheck budget is laid out around a weekly payday.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eEvery pay period\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePaychecks:\u003c\/strong\u003e all 52, each with income, brought forward, available, spent and left over\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBudget by Paycheck:\u003c\/strong\u003e choose a period and see planned, spent and left for every category\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIncome:\u003c\/strong\u003e weekly, bi-weekly, semi-monthly or monthly pay cycles\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTransactions:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2,000 rows, the single source every other tab reads\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eBills and subscriptions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRecurring:\u003c\/strong\u003e the bills that repeat and the day each one lands\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBill Calendar:\u003c\/strong\u003e all twelve months, showing what is due on which day, so it doubles as a bill tracker\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSubscriptions:\u003c\/strong\u003e a subscription tracker with monthly and annual cost that flags anything over 300 dollars a year\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAccounts:\u003c\/strong\u003e checking, savings, cards, cash and investments\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eGet ahead\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e50\/30\/20:\u003c\/strong\u003e needs, wants and savings against the rule of thumb\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDebt Payoff:\u003c\/strong\u003e choose snowball or avalanche and the payoff order works itself out\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSinking Funds:\u003c\/strong\u003e once-a-year bills, saved for a little every payday\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSavings Goals:\u003c\/strong\u003e the target, what you have saved and the month you reach it\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNet Worth:\u003c\/strong\u003e what you own less what you owe\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAnnual Summary, Expense Breakdown and No-Spend Challenge\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eLight and dark editions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eEvery download includes a light edition and a dark mode budget edition. Every tab is restyled, not only the dashboard, and the formulas are identical. Both come filled with a worked example and blank, in Excel and in Google Sheets, so you can see a budget by paycheck working before you start your own.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWorks with\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMicrosoft Excel 2016, 2019, 2021 and Microsoft 365, on Windows and Mac, and LibreOffice\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGoogle Sheets with a free Google account. The Google Sheets version is a real workbook, not a PDF with a link in it.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBuilt with no dynamic arrays, no macros and no add-ins, so it behaves the same everywhere\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNo subscription and no bank connection\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhat you download\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLight edition: the Excel workbook filled with a worked example, and a blank one\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDark edition: the same two files in the dark design\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe instruction guide, with one-click links to the Google Sheets versions (light and dark, filled and blank)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe terms of use as a PDF\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003eYour files are ready as soon as payment clears. The template is for your personal use on your own devices; please do not share or resell the files. Questions before or after you buy? Use our contact page and we will help.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDo I need Excel to use it?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. Excel 2016 or later works on Windows and Mac, and the instruction guide has one-click links to the Google Sheets versions, which only need a free Google account.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes it really track 52 paychecks?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The Paychecks tab lists all 52 with income, money brought forward, what is available, what you spent and what is left over, and the dashboard charts every one.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eMy partner is paid monthly. Can both incomes go in?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The Income tab accepts weekly, bi-weekly, semi-monthly and monthly pay cycles, so each income keeps its own schedule.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes it connect to my bank?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. You log each transaction yourself, once, and every tab and chart updates from that list. There is no bank connection and no subscription.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eAre the light and dark editions different?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eOnly in how they look. Both have the same tabs and formulas, and both are in every download.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"OPXVIA","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":67597859749982,"sku":"OPX-005","price":27.0,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0769\/2094\/6782\/files\/weekly-paycheck-budget-01.jpg?v=1790831950"},{"product_id":"fortnightly-paycheck-budget","title":"Fortnightly Paycheck Budget Spreadsheet","description":"\u003cp\u003eThis fortnightly budget spreadsheet follows the way you are actually paid: once a fortnight, 26 times a year. You give each paycheck its own plan, and one dashboard shows any pay period or the year as a whole, including what is left to carry into the next fortnight.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePlease read:\u003c\/strong\u003e This is a tracker tool only, not financial, tax, legal, medical or any other professional advice or advisory service. It records and calculates what you enter; you are solely responsible for checking all figures, rates, dates and results and for every decision you make. By purchasing, downloading or using it, you accept these terms (your statutory consumer rights are not affected).\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eThe dashboard\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eSwitch between one paycheck and the full year and the dashboard redraws to match. It is filled entirely from your transactions.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFive live cards: money in, money out, saved, savings rate and the amount rolling over\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe change against the last paycheck on every card, shown with an up or down arrow\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA 26-paycheck mini chart inside each card, with the paycheck you picked highlighted\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePaycheck flow: income against spending for all 26 paychecks, plus what rolls over\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWhere it went: spending by group with the total in the center and each share as a percentage\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBudget against actual for every group, with any overspending called out\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eYour top categories, subscriptions, debts, savings goals and the 50\/30\/20 split\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eNineteen connected tabs\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe paycheck budget is organized around each fortnightly payday.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eEvery pay period\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePaychecks:\u003c\/strong\u003e all 26, each with income, brought forward, available, spent and left over\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBudget by Paycheck:\u003c\/strong\u003e choose a period and see planned, spent and left for every category\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIncome:\u003c\/strong\u003e weekly, bi-weekly, semi-monthly or monthly pay cycles\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTransactions:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2,000 rows, the single source every other tab reads\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eBills and subscriptions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRecurring:\u003c\/strong\u003e the bills that repeat and the day each one lands\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBill Calendar:\u003c\/strong\u003e all twelve months, showing what is due on which day, so it doubles as a bill tracker\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSubscriptions:\u003c\/strong\u003e a subscription tracker with monthly and annual cost that flags anything over 300 dollars a year\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAccounts:\u003c\/strong\u003e checking, savings, cards, cash and investments\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eGet ahead\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e50\/30\/20:\u003c\/strong\u003e needs, wants and savings against the rule of thumb\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDebt Payoff:\u003c\/strong\u003e choose snowball or avalanche and the payoff order works itself out\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSinking Funds:\u003c\/strong\u003e once-a-year bills, saved for a little every payday\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSavings Goals:\u003c\/strong\u003e the target, what you have saved and the month you reach it\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNet Worth:\u003c\/strong\u003e what you own less what you owe\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAnnual Summary, Expense Breakdown and No-Spend Challenge\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eLight and dark editions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eEvery download includes a light edition and a dark mode budget edition. Every tab is restyled, not only the dashboard, and the formulas are identical. Both come filled with a worked example and blank, in Excel and in Google Sheets, so you can see a budget by paycheck working before you start your own.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWorks with\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMicrosoft Excel 2016, 2019, 2021 and Microsoft 365, on Windows and Mac, and LibreOffice\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGoogle Sheets with a free Google account. The Google Sheets version is a real workbook, not a PDF with a link in it.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBuilt with no dynamic arrays, no macros and no add-ins, so it behaves the same everywhere\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNo subscription and no bank connection\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhat you download\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLight edition: the Excel workbook filled with a worked example, and a blank one\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDark edition: the same two files in the dark design\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe instruction guide, with one-click links to the Google Sheets versions (light and dark, filled and blank)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe terms of use as a PDF\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003eYour files are ready as soon as payment clears. The template is for your personal use on your own devices; please do not share or resell the files. Questions before or after you buy? Use our contact page and we will help.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhich programs does it open in?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eExcel 2016 or later on Windows and Mac, LibreOffice, and Google Sheets. The instruction guide has one-click links to the Google Sheets versions, which need only a free Google account.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow many pay periods does it cover?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eAll 26 fortnightly paychecks in the year. Each one shows income, the amount brought forward, what is available, what was spent and what is left over.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan I record income that is not fortnightly?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The Income tab works with weekly, bi-weekly, semi-monthly and monthly pay cycles as well.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes it connect to my bank?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. You log each transaction yourself, once, and every tab and chart updates from that list. There is no bank connection and no subscription.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eAre the light and dark editions different?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eOnly in how they look. Both have the same tabs and formulas, and both are in every download.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"OPXVIA","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":67597859782750,"sku":"OPX-006","price":27.0,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0769\/2094\/6782\/files\/fortnightly-paycheck-budget-01.jpg?v=1790831956"},{"product_id":"family-budget-spreadsheet","title":"Family Budget Dashboard Spreadsheet","description":"\u003cp\u003eThis family budget spreadsheet is made for running a household, not just one person's money. You log each purchase and paycheck once, and every tab recalculates, from the yearly totals down to what each family member costs and how the children's costs move month to month.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePlease read:\u003c\/strong\u003e This is a tracker tool only, not financial, tax, legal, medical or any other professional advice or advisory service. It records and calculates what you enter; you are solely responsible for checking all figures, rates, dates and results and for every decision you make. By purchasing, downloading or using it, you accept these terms (your statutory consumer rights are not affected).\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eThe dashboard\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eChoose the full year or a single month and the whole page redraws. You never type on the dashboard; it reads what you have entered elsewhere.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFive live KPIs: money in, money out, saved, left over and savings rate, each with an up or down arrow against last month\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA twelve-month mini chart on every card, with your chosen month highlighted\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCash flow: income against spending each month, with a running total of what is left\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFamily costs by month, stacked: childcare, school, groceries, clothing, pets and fun\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpent, budget left and anything over budget for every group, so overspending stands out\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWho it goes on: the amount allocated to each person, taken from the Family Members tab\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eYour five biggest categories, largest first\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHow close each savings goal is, at a glance\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNet worth, what you own less what you owe, month by month\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eBuilt around the family\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Family Members tab is what sets this one apart. It allocates spending to each person in the house and follows the family categories, childcare, school, groceries, clothing and pets, month by month. You see not only what the household spent but who it was spent on.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eTwenty-nine connected tabs\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eEvery tab reads from a single transaction list, so nothing is typed twice and there are no pivot tables to refresh. It works as an annual budget and a monthly budget at once, and as an everyday expense tracker.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2,000 transaction rows and 40 categories, all of which you can rename\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBudgets, variances, totals and percentages are all calculated for you\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOver-budget and overdue amounts change color on their own\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDropdown lists grow as you add accounts and categories\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCharts redraw from your own numbers, and a savings tracker follows each goal\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFilled in, light and dark\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eYou get a filled-in copy with a full demo year to click through, and a blank copy for your own money. Both come in a light edition and a dark edition, with every tab restyled, not only the dashboard. The formulas are the same in both, so pick the look you prefer.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWorks with\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMicrosoft Excel 2016, 2019, 2021 and Microsoft 365, on Windows and Mac, and LibreOffice. No Microsoft 365 subscription needed.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGoogle Sheets with a free Google account. The Google Sheets version is a real workbook, not a PDF with a link in it.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNo dynamic arrays, no macros, no add-ins and no bank connection\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhat you download\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLight edition: the Excel workbook filled with a worked example, and a blank one\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDark edition: the same two files in the dark design\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe instruction guide, with one-click links to the Google Sheets versions (light and dark, filled and blank)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe terms of use as a PDF\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003eYour files are ready the moment payment clears. The template is for personal use on your own devices; please do not share or resell the files. Questions before or after you buy? Use our contact page and we will help.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan I use it in Google Sheets as well as Excel?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The Excel workbooks run in Excel 2016 or later on Windows and Mac, and the instruction guide has one-click links to the Google Sheets versions, which only need a free Google account.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan I see what each child or family member costs?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The Family Members tab allocates spending to each person, and the dashboard shows the amount that goes on each of them.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan I change the categories to suit my family?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. There are 40 categories and every one can be renamed. The dropdown lists grow as you add accounts and categories.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes it link to our bank accounts?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. You log each transaction once and the workbook does the rest. There is no bank connection, no add-in and no subscription.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the difference between the light and dark editions?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eOnly the look. Both have the same tabs and formulas, and both are in every download, filled and blank.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"OPXVIA","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":67597859815518,"sku":"OPX-007","price":27.0,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0769\/2094\/6782\/files\/family-budget-spreadsheet-01.jpg?v=1790831962"},{"product_id":"couples-budget-spreadsheet","title":"Couples Two-Income Budget Spreadsheet","description":"\u003cp\u003eThis couples budget spreadsheet is for two people with two incomes and one set of bills. It works out a fair way to share the costs, either half each or in proportion to what each of you earns, and tells you who owes whom at the end of the month.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePlease read:\u003c\/strong\u003e This is a tracker tool only, not financial, tax, legal, medical or any other professional advice or advisory service. It records and calculates what you enter; you are solely responsible for checking all figures, rates, dates and results and for every decision you make. By purchasing, downloading or using it, you accept these terms (your statutory consumer rights are not affected).\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eThe dashboard\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003ePick the full year or one month and every card and panel follows. Nothing on the page is typed; it fills itself from your transactions.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe settle-up in one line: who owes whom, and how much\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTwo incomes: what came in and each partner's share of it\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSettling up month by month: each balance and what is still owed after you settle\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWhat each of you paid toward shared costs, against what your fair share was\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHalf each or by income: what each way of splitting takes from each income\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe six biggest shared categories, so you see where the joint money goes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe two of you side by side: income, fair share, paid and personal spending\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePersonal spending with one bar for each of you\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEvery savings goal you share and how far along it is\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWho Pays What\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Who Pays What tab is the heart of this household budget. It splits every shared bill in proportion to what each of you earns, or straight down the middle. One dropdown decides which, and the whole file follows. It handles the shared expenses so neither of you has to keep a running tally in your head.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eTwenty-nine connected tabs\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eEverything reads from one transaction list, so nothing is typed twice and there are no pivot tables to refresh. It is a two income budget and a budget spreadsheet for the whole year in one file.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2,000 transaction rows and 40 categories, all renameable\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBudgets, variances, totals and percentages calculated for you\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOver-budget and overdue amounts change color on their own, which makes it a handy bill tracker\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDropdown lists that grow as you add accounts and categories\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCharts that redraw from your own numbers, not pictures\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eA filled-in copy to learn from\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eYou do not only get a blank file. There is a full demo year you can click through to see how the split works, and a blank copy ready for your own money, in Excel and in Google Sheets.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWorks with\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMicrosoft Excel 2016, 2019, 2021 and Microsoft 365, on Windows and Mac, and LibreOffice. No Microsoft 365 subscription needed.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGoogle Sheets with a free Google account. The Google Sheets version is a real workbook, not a PDF with a link in it.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNo dynamic arrays, no macros, no add-ins and no bank connection\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhat you download\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe Excel workbook, filled with a worked example\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe same workbook, blank and ready for yours\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe instruction guide, with one-click links to the Google Sheets versions (filled and blank)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe terms of use as a PDF\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003eYour files are ready as soon as payment clears. The template is for personal use on your own devices; please do not share or resell the files. Questions before or after you buy? Use our contact page and we will help.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes it work in Excel or Google Sheets?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eBoth. The Excel workbook runs in Excel 2016 or later on Windows and Mac, and the instruction guide has one-click links to the Google Sheets versions for a free Google account.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan we split bills by income instead of 50\/50?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The Who Pays What tab splits every shared bill in proportion to what each of you earns, or evenly. One dropdown switches between the two.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow do we know who owes whom?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe dashboard shows the settle-up in one line, who owes whom and how much, plus each month's balance and what is still owed after you settle.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan we keep personal spending separate?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. Personal categories are tracked apart from shared costs, and the dashboard shows each partner's personal spending as its own bar.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes it connect to our bank?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. You enter each transaction once and every tab recalculates. There is no bank connection, no add-in and no subscription.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"OPXVIA","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":67597859848286,"sku":"OPX-008","price":27.0,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0769\/2094\/6782\/files\/couples-budget-spreadsheet-01.jpg?v=1790831968"},{"product_id":"zero-based-budget-spreadsheet","title":"Zero-Based Budget Dashboard Spreadsheet","description":"\u003cp\u003eThis zero based budget spreadsheet helps you give every dollar a job before the month begins. You assign your income to categories until nothing is left over, then log each transaction once and watch whether every job was kept.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePlease read:\u003c\/strong\u003e This is a tracker tool only, not financial, tax, legal, medical or any other professional advice or advisory service. It records and calculates what you enter; you are solely responsible for checking all figures, rates, dates and results and for every decision you make. By purchasing, downloading or using it, you accept these terms (your statutory consumer rights are not affected).\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eThe dashboard\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eOne dropdown sets the page to a month or the full year, and everything follows. Nothing here is typed; it fills itself from what you enter.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMoney in: income for the period, with the change and a twelve-month mini chart\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLeft to assign: income minus every dollar assigned, where zero is the goal\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEvery dollar by month: each month's income split into the job each dollar was given\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTwelve tiles showing whether each month reached zero, still has money to assign, or assigned too much\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eJobs kept against jobs broken: how many categories stayed within their dollars each month\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA gauge showing how much of your income has a job and how much is still waiting\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBroken jobs: the categories that went furthest past the dollars given\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWhere it went: spending by group, with amounts and shares\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBudget against actual for each group: spent, left and over\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eThe Every Dollar tab\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis is what makes it a true zero sum budget. The Every Dollar tab shows what is left to assign as you go, and it stays red until the number reads exactly zero. Not above zero and not below it, zero.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eTwenty-nine connected tabs\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eEverything reads from a single transaction list. Nothing is typed twice and there are no pivot tables to refresh, so the monthly budget and the annual budget always agree.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2,000 transaction rows and 40 categories, each one renameable\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBudgets, variances, totals and percentages all calculated for you\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOver-budget and overdue amounts change color on their own\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDropdown lists that grow when you add accounts or categories\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCharts that redraw from your own numbers, so it works as an expense tracker as well\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFilled in, light and dark\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eYou get a full demo year to click through and a blank copy for your own money, in both Excel and Google Sheets. Each comes in a light edition and a dark edition, with every tab restyled, not only the dashboard, and identical formulas in both.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWorks with\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMicrosoft Excel 2016, 2019, 2021 and Microsoft 365, on Windows and Mac, and LibreOffice. No Microsoft 365 subscription needed.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGoogle Sheets with a free Google account. The Google Sheets version is a real workbook, not a PDF with a link in it.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNo dynamic arrays, no macros, no add-ins and no bank connection\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhat you download\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLight edition: the Excel workbook filled with a worked example, and a blank one\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDark edition: the same two files in the dark design\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe instruction guide, with one-click links to the Google Sheets versions (light and dark, filled and blank)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe terms of use as a PDF\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003eYour files are ready the moment payment clears. The template is for personal use on your own devices; please do not share or resell the files. Questions before or after you buy? Use our contact page and we will help.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan I use it in Excel and Google Sheets?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The Excel workbooks run in Excel 2016 or later on Windows and Mac, and the instruction guide has one-click links to the Google Sheets versions for a free Google account.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow do I know when every dollar has a job?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Every Dollar tab shows what is left to assign and stays red until it reads zero. The dashboard also shows twelve tiles telling you whether each month reached zero.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat if I spend more than I assigned to a category?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe dashboard lists broken jobs, the categories that went furthest past their dollars, and counts how many categories stayed within budget each month.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan I rename the categories?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. All 40 categories can be renamed, and the dropdown lists grow as you add accounts and categories.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat changes between the light and dark editions?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eOnly the look. Both have the same tabs and formulas, and both are included in every download.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"OPXVIA","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":67597859881054,"sku":"OPX-009","price":27.0,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0769\/2094\/6782\/files\/zero-based-budget-spreadsheet-01.jpg?v=1790831974"},{"product_id":"50-30-20-budget-spreadsheet","title":"50\/30\/20 Budget Dashboard Spreadsheet","description":"\u003cp\u003eThis 50 30 20 budget spreadsheet checks one simple rule every month: half your take-home pay on needs, 30% on wants and 20% on savings. You log each transaction once, and the workbook tells you whether you kept to the rule and where you drifted.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePlease read:\u003c\/strong\u003e This is a tracker tool only, not financial, tax, legal, medical or any other professional advice or advisory service. It records and calculates what you enter; you are solely responsible for checking all figures, rates, dates and results and for every decision you make. By purchasing, downloading or using it, you accept these terms (your statutory consumer rights are not affected).\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eThe dashboard\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eA single dropdown switches the page between a month and the full year. Nothing on it is typed; it fills itself from your entries.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTake-home pay for the period, and how many months kept to the rule\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNeeds, wants and savings, each as a share of take-home against its 50, 30 or 20% target\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe rule by month: needs, wants and savings each month, with the targets drawn in\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTwelve monthly verdict tiles: on the rule, save more, or overspent\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWants to trim: the biggest wants in the period, the first place to cut\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLeft over: what was neither spent nor saved, with a twelve-month mini chart\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIn dollars: what the rule allows against what actually went out\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThree rings showing how many points you are over or under each target\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCash flow: income and spending by month, with a running total left over\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eThe Rule Tracker\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Rule Tracker turns the budget rule into a plain verdict for each month: on the rule, saving too little, or overspending. It works from your own numbers, so the judgment is about your actual month, not an estimate.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eTwenty-nine connected tabs\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eEvery tab reads from one transaction list. Nothing is typed twice and there are no pivot tables to refresh, so your monthly budget and the year view always match.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2,000 transaction rows and 40 categories, all renameable\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBudgets, variances, totals and percentages calculated for you\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOver-budget and overdue amounts change color on their own\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDropdown lists that grow as you add accounts and categories\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCharts that redraw from your numbers, so it doubles as an expense tracker and a savings tracker\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFilled in, light and dark\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eEach download has a full demo year to click through and a blank copy for your own money, in Excel and in Google Sheets. Both come in a light edition and a dark edition, with every tab restyled and the same formulas underneath.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWorks with\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMicrosoft Excel 2016, 2019, 2021 and Microsoft 365, on Windows and Mac, and LibreOffice. No Microsoft 365 subscription needed.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGoogle Sheets with a free Google account. The Google Sheets version is a real workbook, not a PDF with a link in it.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNo dynamic arrays, no macros, no add-ins and no bank connection\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhat you download\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLight edition: the Excel workbook filled with a worked example, and a blank one\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDark edition: the same two files in the dark design\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe instruction guide, with one-click links to the Google Sheets versions (light and dark, filled and blank)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe terms of use as a PDF\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003eYour files are ready as soon as payment clears. The template is for personal use on your own devices; please do not share or resell the files. Questions before or after you buy? Use our contact page and we will help.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes it work in Google Sheets or only Excel?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eBoth. The Excel workbooks run in Excel 2016 or later on Windows and Mac, and the instruction guide has one-click links to the Google Sheets versions for a free Google account.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow does it tell me if I kept to the 50\/30\/20 rule?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Rule Tracker gives each month a verdict, on the rule, saving too little or overspending, and the dashboard shows needs, wants and savings against their 50, 30 and 20% targets.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhich categories count as needs and which as wants?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYou decide. All 40 categories can be renamed, and the workbook groups your spending so the rule is checked against your own numbers.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhere should I cut back first?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe dashboard lists your biggest wants for the period under Wants to trim, which is the first place to look.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eAre the light and dark editions the same workbook?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, apart from the look. Same tabs, same formulas, and both are included.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"OPXVIA","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":67597859913822,"sku":"OPX-010","price":27.0,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0769\/2094\/6782\/files\/50-30-20-budget-spreadsheet-01.jpg?v=1790831980"},{"product_id":"bill-tracker-calendar-spreadsheet","title":"Bill Tracker and Calendar Spreadsheet","description":"\u003cp\u003eThis bill tracker spreadsheet shows every bill you owe on a day-by-day calendar, so a payment never catches you off guard. List your bills once, log what goes out, and you can see what is paid, what is due and what is late for any month of the year.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePlease read:\u003c\/strong\u003e This is a tracker tool only, not financial, tax, legal, medical or any other professional advice or advisory service. It records and calculates what you enter; you are solely responsible for checking all figures, rates, dates and results and for every decision you make. By purchasing, downloading or using it, you accept these terms (your statutory consumer rights are not affected).\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eThe dashboard\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eChoose the full year or a single month and the cards and calendar follow. Nothing on the dashboard is typed; it fills itself from what you enter.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBills due and paid: what was due, what went out and how many bills were paid\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe bill calendar: the month day by day, marked paid, due, late or missed\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe year at a glance: twelve months of bills and how each month went\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAutopay or by hand: what leaves on its own and what you pay yourself\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBills by category: where the bill money goes, with every share as a percentage\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNext bill: its day, its amount and whether it is on autopay\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe next 14 days: every bill coming up, with the days left until it is due\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eYour biggest monthly bills\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHow much each account needs to hold to cover the bills that come out of it\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eA bill calendar for all twelve months\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe calendar is built from your bill list and runs day by day across the whole year. Change a due day once and the calendar moves itself, so this due date tracker stays right without any rework. It covers monthly bills on autopay and anything you pay by hand.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eTwenty-one connected tabs\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eEverything reads from one transaction list, so nothing is typed twice and there are no pivot tables to refresh. It is a bill payment tracker and a budget spreadsheet in one, with every category feeding the same totals.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2,000 transaction rows and 40 categories, all renameable\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBudgets, variances, totals and percentages calculated for you\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOver-budget and overdue amounts change color on their own\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDropdown lists that grow as you add accounts and categories\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCharts that redraw from your own numbers, not pictures\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eA filled-in copy to learn from\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eAlongside the blank workbook you get a full demo year you can click through, so you can see every tab working before you enter your own money. Both come in Excel and in Google Sheets.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWorks with\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMicrosoft Excel 2016, 2019, 2021 and Microsoft 365, on Windows and Mac, and LibreOffice. No Microsoft 365 subscription needed.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGoogle Sheets with a free Google account. The Google Sheets version is a real workbook, not a PDF with a link in it.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNo dynamic arrays, no macros, no add-ins and no bank connection\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhat you download\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe Excel workbook, filled with a worked example\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe same workbook, blank and ready for your own numbers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe instruction guide, with one-click links to the Google Sheets versions (filled and blank)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe terms of use as a PDF\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003eYour files are ready as soon as payment clears. The template is for personal use on your own devices; please do not share or resell the files. Questions before or after you buy? Use our contact page and we will help.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan I use it in Google Sheets instead of Excel?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The Excel workbook runs in Excel 2016 or later on Windows and Mac, and the instruction guide has one-click links to the Google Sheets versions for a free Google account.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat happens if a bill's due date changes?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eChange the due day once in your bill list and the calendar moves the bill for every month by itself.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan I tell autopay bills apart from ones I pay myself?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The dashboard splits what goes out on its own from what you pay by hand, and the next-bill card says whether it is on autopay.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWill it show me which bills are coming up?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The dashboard lists every bill due in the next 14 days with the days left, and the calendar marks each day as paid, due, late or missed.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes it connect to my bank account?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. You log what goes out and the workbook does the rest. There is no bank connection, no add-in and no subscription.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"OPXVIA","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":67597859946590,"sku":"OPX-011","price":25.0,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0769\/2094\/6782\/files\/bill-tracker-calendar-spreadsheet-01.jpg?v=1790831986"},{"product_id":"cash-envelope-budget-spreadsheet","title":"Cash Envelope Budget Planner Spreadsheet","description":"\u003cp\u003eThis cash envelope budget spreadsheet gives you envelope budgeting without carrying actual cash around. You fill twenty envelopes each month, log each purchase once, and see straight away which envelopes are healthy, which are nearly empty and which have run over.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePlease read:\u003c\/strong\u003e This is a tracker tool only, not financial, tax, legal, medical or any other professional advice or advisory service. It records and calculates what you enter; you are solely responsible for checking all figures, rates, dates and results and for every decision you make. By purchasing, downloading or using it, you accept these terms (your statutory consumer rights are not affected).\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eThe dashboard\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003ePick the full year or any month and the envelopes, cards and charts all follow. Nothing on it is typed; it fills itself from what you enter.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePut in: the cash that went into the envelopes, with a mini chart by month\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA row of envelopes, each one filled to what is left in it\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePut in against spent: spent, unspent and anything over for each envelope\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMonth by month: what the envelopes spent against what went in\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHow many envelopes ran out in each month\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePaid in cash: how much of your spending really came out of the cash\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCash or card: the share of each envelope paid in cash and on a card\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA top up list of what to put back in each envelope before next month\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe envelopes that go over most often\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eEnvelopes and sinking funds\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThere are twenty envelopes, each filled and spent and each marked healthy, nearly empty or overspent. Next to them sit twenty-five sinking funds, each showing the months to go, so the bigger costs you see coming are saved for a little at a time. It works as an envelope budget and a savings tracker in the same workbook.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eTwenty-three connected tabs\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eEverything reads from one transaction list, so nothing is typed twice and there are no pivot tables to refresh. Your monthly budget and the year view always agree, and every envelope doubles as an expense tracker for its category.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2,000 transaction rows and 40 categories, all renameable\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBudgets, variances, totals and percentages calculated for you\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOver-budget and overdue amounts change color on their own\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDropdown lists that grow as you add accounts and categories\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCharts that redraw from your own numbers, not pictures\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eA filled-in copy to learn from\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eAlongside the blank workbook you get a full demo year you can click through, so you can see every tab working before you enter your own money. Both come in Excel and in Google Sheets.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWorks with\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMicrosoft Excel 2016, 2019, 2021 and Microsoft 365, on Windows and Mac, and LibreOffice. No Microsoft 365 subscription needed.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGoogle Sheets with a free Google account. The Google Sheets version is a real workbook, not a PDF with a link in it.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNo dynamic arrays, no macros, no add-ins and no bank connection\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhat you download\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe Excel workbook, filled with a worked example\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe same workbook, blank and ready for your own numbers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe instruction guide, with one-click links to the Google Sheets versions (filled and blank)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe terms of use as a PDF\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003eYour files are ready as soon as payment clears. The template is for personal use on your own devices; please do not share or resell the files. Questions before or after you buy? Use our contact page and we will help.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes it work in Excel and Google Sheets?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The Excel workbook runs in Excel 2016 or later on Windows and Mac, and the instruction guide has one-click links to the Google Sheets versions for a free Google account.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDo I have to use real cash?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. The envelopes work whether you pay in cash or by card, and the dashboard shows the share of each envelope paid each way.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow many envelopes and sinking funds are there?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eTwenty envelopes, each marked healthy, nearly empty or overspent, and twenty-five sinking funds that show the months to go.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow do I know what to put back in each envelope?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe dashboard has a top up list showing what to put back in each envelope before next month.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan I rename the envelopes?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The workbook has 40 categories and every one can be renamed, and the dropdown lists grow as you add more.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"OPXVIA","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":67597859979358,"sku":"OPX-012","price":25.0,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0769\/2094\/6782\/files\/cash-envelope-budget-spreadsheet-01.jpg?v=1790831992"},{"product_id":"savings-challenge-tracker","title":"Savings Challenge Tracker Spreadsheet","description":"\u003cp\u003eThis savings challenge tracker puts six saving games in one spreadsheet, along with somewhere to see what they add up to. Tick off weeks, pull envelopes and mark no-spend days, and the workbook counts what each challenge has put in the jar so far.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePlease read:\u003c\/strong\u003e This is a tracker tool only, not financial, tax, legal, medical or any other professional advice or advisory service. It records and calculates what you enter; you are solely responsible for checking all figures, rates, dates and results and for every decision you make. By purchasing, downloading or using it, you accept these terms (your statutory consumer rights are not affected).\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eThe dashboard\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003ePick the full year or any month and the cards and both grids follow. Nothing on the dashboard is typed; it fills itself from what you enter.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSaved in challenges: the total all challenges have saved, with a mini chart by month\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe 52 weeks as tiles: saved, missed or still to come\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWhat each challenge put in the jar, month by month\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe jar adding up: the total saved in challenges so far this year\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe no-spend days you ticked on the No-Spend tab\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe 100 envelopes as a ten by ten grid, with the envelopes you pulled lit up\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEvery challenge against its target, the finished ones shaded darker\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHow far each goal on the Savings Goals tab has got\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eSix money challenges\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eEach challenge shows what it is worth if you finish it. Complete all six and they add up to 13,228 dollars.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe 52 week challenge\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe 100 envelope challenge\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA round-up challenge\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA five-dollar bill challenge\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA pantry challenge\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA no spend challenge\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eTen connected tabs\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eEverything reads from one transaction list, so nothing is typed twice and there are no pivot tables to refresh. Next to the challenges sits a Savings Goals tab, so it is a savings tracker and a budget spreadsheet as well as a set of games.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2,000 transaction rows and 40 categories, all renameable\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEvery figure calculated for you: totals, variances and percentages\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOver-budget and overdue amounts change color on their own\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDropdown lists that grow as you add accounts and categories\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCharts that redraw from your own numbers, not pictures\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eA filled-in copy to learn from\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eBesides the blank workbook you get a full demo year to click through, so you can see every tab working before you enter your own numbers. Both come in Excel and in Google Sheets.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWorks with\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMicrosoft Excel 2016, 2019, 2021 and Microsoft 365, on Windows and Mac, and LibreOffice. No Microsoft 365 subscription needed.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGoogle Sheets with a free Google account. The Google Sheets version is a real workbook, not a PDF with a link in it.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNo dynamic arrays, no macros, no add-ins and no bank connection\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhat you download\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe Excel workbook, filled with a worked example\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe same workbook, blank and ready for your own numbers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe instruction guide, with one-click links to the Google Sheets versions (filled and blank)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe terms of use as a PDF\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003eYour files are ready as soon as payment clears. The template is for personal use on your own devices; please do not share or resell the files. Questions before or after you buy? Use our contact page and we will help.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan I use it in Google Sheets or Excel?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eBoth. The Excel workbook runs in Excel 2016 or later on Windows and Mac, and the instruction guide has one-click links to the Google Sheets versions for a free Google account.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhich savings challenges are included?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eSix: the 52-week, the 100-envelope, round-up, five-dollar bill, pantry and no-spend challenges. Each shows what it is worth if you finish it.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow much would I save by finishing all six?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe challenges add up to 13,228 dollars if you complete every one.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan I run more than one challenge at a time?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The dashboard shows every challenge against its target side by side, and what each one put in the jar each month.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs there space for my own savings goals?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. There is a Savings Goals tab, and the dashboard shows how far each goal has got.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"OPXVIA","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":67597860143198,"sku":"OPX-013","price":22.0,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0769\/2094\/6782\/files\/savings-challenge-tracker-01.jpg?v=1790831997"},{"product_id":"net-worth-tracker-spreadsheet","title":"Net Worth Tracker Spreadsheet","description":"\u003cp\u003eThis net worth tracker gives you one number that says whether the year went well: what you own less what you owe. You list your assets and debts once, update them as the months go by, and watch the trend rather than a single snapshot.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePlease read:\u003c\/strong\u003e This is a tracker tool only, not financial, tax, legal, medical or any other professional advice or advisory service. It records and calculates what you enter; you are solely responsible for checking all figures, rates, dates and results and for every decision you make. By purchasing, downloading or using it, you accept these terms (your statutory consumer rights are not affected).\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eThe dashboard\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eChoose the full year to see the latest month, or pick any month to see that month. Nothing on the dashboard is typed; it fills itself from what you enter.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNet worth, with a bar for every month\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEverything you own, split into your part and the debt still on it\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMilestones from 100K to 1M: when you passed each one, or how far there is to go\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHow much your net worth moved each month\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eYour largest lines and how each one has moved since January\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDebt to assets: how much you owe for every dollar you own\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWhat you own as a ring: cash, investments, retirement, property and vehicles\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWhat you owe as a ring: mortgage, loans and cards\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEvery savings goal and how far along it is\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eA personal balance sheet with history\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThere are thirty lines, split into assets and liabilities, and each keeps a month-by-month history. It works as an assets tracker and a personal balance sheet at once, so you see which way your personal finance is moving instead of guessing from one month.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eTen connected tabs\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eEverything reads from one transaction list, so nothing is typed twice and there are no pivot tables to refresh. Savings goals sit in the same file, so the savings tracker and the net worth figures always agree.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2,000 transaction rows and 40 categories, all renameable\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEvery figure calculated for you: totals, variances and percentages\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOver-budget and overdue amounts change color on their own\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDropdown lists that grow as you add accounts and categories\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCharts that redraw from your own numbers, not pictures\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eA filled-in copy to learn from\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eBesides the blank workbook you get a full demo year to click through, so you can see every tab working before you enter your own numbers. Both come in Excel and in Google Sheets.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWorks with\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMicrosoft Excel 2016, 2019, 2021 and Microsoft 365, on Windows and Mac, and LibreOffice. No Microsoft 365 subscription needed.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGoogle Sheets with a free Google account. The Google Sheets version is a real workbook, not a PDF with a link in it.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNo dynamic arrays, no macros, no add-ins and no bank connection\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhat you download\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe Excel workbook, filled with a worked example\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe same workbook, blank and ready for your own numbers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe instruction guide, with one-click links to the Google Sheets versions (filled and blank)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe terms of use as a PDF\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003eYour files are ready as soon as payment clears. The template is for personal use on your own devices; please do not share or resell the files. Questions before or after you buy? Use our contact page and we will help.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes it work in Excel and Google Sheets?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The Excel workbook runs in Excel 2016 or later on Windows and Mac, and the instruction guide has one-click links to the Google Sheets versions for a free Google account.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat counts as an asset or a liability?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYou choose. There are thirty lines split into assets, such as cash, investments, retirement, property and vehicles, and liabilities, such as a mortgage, loans and cards.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan I see how my net worth changed over time?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. Every line keeps a month-by-month history, and the dashboard charts the change each month and how your largest lines have moved since January.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes it track milestones?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The dashboard shows milestones from 100K to 1M, with when you passed each one or how far there is to go.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes it link to my bank or brokerage?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. You enter the figures yourself. There is no bank connection, no add-in and no subscription.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"OPXVIA","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":67597860307038,"sku":"OPX-014","price":25.0,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0769\/2094\/6782\/files\/net-worth-tracker-spreadsheet-01.jpg?v=1790832003"},{"product_id":"debt-payoff-spreadsheet","title":"Debt Payoff Dashboard Spreadsheet","description":"\u003cp\u003eThis debt payoff spreadsheet lays both payoff orders side by side and shows the month each debt will be gone. Enter each balance, rate and minimum once, choose snowball or avalanche, and log payments as you make them to see whether you are ahead of the plan or behind it.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePlease read:\u003c\/strong\u003e This is a tracker tool only, not financial, tax, legal, medical or any other professional advice or advisory service. It records and calculates what you enter; you are solely responsible for checking all figures, rates, dates and results and for every decision you make. By purchasing, downloading or using it, you accept these terms (your statutory consumer rights are not affected).\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eThe dashboard\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003ePick your plan, snowball or avalanche, use it as a debt tracker for loans or for credit card payoff, and the whole page follows. Nothing on it is typed; it fills itself from what you enter.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePaid so far: every payment logged, ahead of or behind the plan\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDebt-free progress: the share of your debt already gone and the debts cleared\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStill owed, and how much you have paid down since the start\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBalance over time: the projected payoff curve with your actual balance on top\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePayoff order: which debt to attack first and the month each one clears\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePrincipal and interest paid each month, against the plan\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eYour debt-free date, against the date under the other strategy\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInterest saved: what avalanche saves over snowball on your own debts\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSnowball against avalanche: dates, months, interest and total paid side by side\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eDebt snowball and debt avalanche, both in full\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eMost templates give you one calculator and one answer. This debt calculator runs a full month-by-month schedule for the snowball and for the avalanche, then shows the gap between them in dollars and in months, so you choose knowing what the choice costs. The snowball rolls for real: when a debt clears, its minimum payment joins the next one automatically, and that rolling amount is part of every date in the file.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eTen connected tabs\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDebts:\u003c\/strong\u003e balance, rate and minimum payment, the only things you enter\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSnowball Schedule:\u003c\/strong\u003e every month and every debt until the last one clears\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAvalanche Schedule:\u003c\/strong\u003e the same schedule, ordered the other way round\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePayoff Plan:\u003c\/strong\u003e the order to pay them in and what each will cost you\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCompare:\u003c\/strong\u003e both strategies side by side, with the difference in dollars\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePayoff Calendar:\u003c\/strong\u003e the month each one disappears and what it frees up\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePayment Log:\u003c\/strong\u003e what you actually paid, split into principal and interest\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDashboard:\u003c\/strong\u003e six live figures, including your debt-free date\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSetup and Start Here\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhat it works out for you\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eYour debt-free date, from your own numbers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe total interest you will pay across the whole plan\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHow many months each individual debt takes to clear\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe payoff order under either strategy, set automatically\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eChange the extra payment and every date moves with it\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCharts that redraw from your own numbers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eLight and dark editions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eEvery download has a light edition and a dark edition, with every tab restyled, not only the dashboard, and the same formulas in both. Each comes with a worked example to click through and a blank copy for your own debts, in Excel and in Google Sheets.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWorks with\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMicrosoft Excel 2016, 2019, 2021 and Microsoft 365, on Windows and Mac, and LibreOffice. No Microsoft 365 subscription needed.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGoogle Sheets with a free Google account. The Google Sheets version is a real workbook, not a PDF with a link in it.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNo add-ins, no macros, no subscription and no bank connection\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhat you download\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLight edition: the Excel workbook filled with a worked example, and a blank one\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDark edition: the same two files in the dark design\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe instruction guide, with one-click links to the Google Sheets versions (light and dark, filled and blank)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe terms of use as a PDF\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003eYour files are ready as soon as payment clears. The template is for personal use on your own devices; please do not share or resell the files. Questions before or after you buy? Use our contact page and we will help.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes it work in Excel or Google Sheets?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eBoth. The Excel workbooks run in Excel 2016 or later on Windows and Mac, and the instruction guide has one-click links to the Google Sheets versions for a free Google account.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eShould I use the snowball or the avalanche method?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe workbook runs both in full on your own debts and shows the difference in debt-free date, months, interest and total paid, so you can see what each choice costs before you pick.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat do I need to enter?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eOnly each debt's balance, rate and minimum payment on the Debts tab, then the payments you actually make in the Payment Log.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat happens if I pay extra one month?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eChange the extra payment and every date in the plan moves. When a debt clears, its minimum rolls into the next one automatically.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat is different about the light and dark editions?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eOnly the look. Same ten tabs, same formulas, and both are in every download.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"OPXVIA","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":67597860536414,"sku":"OPX-015","price":15.0,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0769\/2094\/6782\/files\/debt-payoff-spreadsheet-01.jpg?v=1790832009"},{"product_id":"credit-card-payoff-tracker","title":"Credit Card Payoff Tracker Spreadsheet","description":"\u003cp\u003eThis credit card payoff tracker is for anyone juggling several cards at different rates. It builds one plan to clear your credit card debt, shows how much of your limits you are using, and warns you before a 0% offer runs out.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePlease read:\u003c\/strong\u003e This is a tracker tool only, not financial, tax, legal, medical or any other professional advice or advisory service. It records and calculates what you enter; you are solely responsible for checking all figures, rates, dates and results and for every decision you make. By purchasing, downloading or using it, you accept these terms (your statutory consumer rights are not affected).\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eThe dashboard\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eChoose all cards or a single card and the figures, charts and table follow. Nothing on the dashboard is typed; it fills itself from what you enter.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOwed on cards: what is left and how much you have paid down\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLimit used: the share of your limits in use, turning amber past the 30% line\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLimit used month by month: your plan's path down, with what you have actually paid\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEvery card: rate, owed, limit, used, interest and the month it is paid off\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e0% offers ending: when each offer ends and what will still be owed on it then\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSaved against minimums: the interest your plan saves over paying only the minimums\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInterest by card, month by month\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eYour cards ranked by rate, highest first, so you know which costs most\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMinimums against your plan: the date, months and interest if you paid only the minimums\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eDebt snowball and debt avalanche, calculated in full\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eRates of 20% and over flag themselves, and both payoff strategies run side by side.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eMost templates give you one calculator and one answer. This one runs a full month-by-month schedule for the snowball and for the avalanche, then shows the gap between them in dollars and in months, so you choose knowing what the choice costs. The snowball rolls for real: when a debt clears, its minimum payment joins the next one automatically, and that rolling amount is part of every date in the file.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eTen connected tabs\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDebts:\u003c\/strong\u003e balance, rate and minimum payment, the only things you enter\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSnowball Schedule:\u003c\/strong\u003e every month and every card until the last one clears\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAvalanche Schedule:\u003c\/strong\u003e the same schedule, ordered the other way round\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePayoff Plan:\u003c\/strong\u003e the order to pay them in and what each will cost you\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCompare:\u003c\/strong\u003e both strategies side by side, with the difference in dollars\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePayoff Calendar:\u003c\/strong\u003e the month each one disappears and what it frees up\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePayment Log:\u003c\/strong\u003e what you actually paid, split into principal and interest\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDashboard:\u003c\/strong\u003e six live figures, including your debt-free date\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSetup and Start Here\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhat this debt calculator works out\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eYour debt-free date, from your own numbers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe total interest you will pay across the whole plan\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHow many months each individual debt takes to clear\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe payoff order under either strategy, set automatically\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eChange the extra payment and every date moves with it\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCharts that redraw from your own numbers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eA filled-in copy to learn from\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eYou get a worked example to click through and a blank copy ready for your own cards, in Excel and in Google Sheets, so you can see the whole plan working before you start.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWorks with\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMicrosoft Excel 2016, 2019, 2021 and Microsoft 365, on Windows and Mac, and LibreOffice. No Microsoft 365 subscription needed.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGoogle Sheets with a free Google account. The Google Sheets version is a real workbook, not a PDF with a link in it.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNo add-ins, no macros, no subscription and no bank connection\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhat you download\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe Excel workbook, filled with a worked example\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe same workbook, blank and ready for your own numbers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe instruction guide, with one-click links to the Google Sheets versions (filled and blank)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe terms of use as a PDF\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003eYour files are ready as soon as payment clears. The template is for personal use on your own devices; please do not share or resell the files. Questions before or after you buy? Use our contact page and we will help.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan I use it in Google Sheets as well as Excel?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The Excel workbook runs in Excel 2016 or later on Windows and Mac, and the instruction guide has one-click links to the Google Sheets versions for a free Google account.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes it track 0% balance transfer offers?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The dashboard shows when each 0% offer ends and what will still be owed on that card when it does.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhy does it show limit used?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe dashboard shows how much of your limits you are using, turning amber past the 30% line, and charts how that falls as you follow the plan.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow much interest will my plan save?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe dashboard compares your plan with paying only the minimums, showing the date, months and interest for each, and how much interest your plan saves.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat do I have to enter?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eEach card's balance, rate and minimum payment, then the payments you actually make. Everything else is calculated.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"OPXVIA","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":67597860733022,"sku":"OPX-016","price":14.0,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0769\/2094\/6782\/files\/credit-card-payoff-tracker-01.jpg?v=1790832014"},{"product_id":"student-loan-payoff-tracker","title":"Student Loan Payoff Tracker Spreadsheet","description":"\u003cp\u003eThis student loan payoff tracker puts federal, provincial and private loans at different rates into one repayment planner. It runs a twenty-year schedule month by month, so the finish line becomes a date on the calendar rather than a feeling.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePlease read:\u003c\/strong\u003e This is a tracker tool only, not financial, tax, legal, medical or any other professional advice or advisory service. It records and calculates what you enter; you are solely responsible for checking all figures, rates, dates and results and for every decision you make. By purchasing, downloading or using it, you accept these terms (your statutory consumer rights are not affected).\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eDebt snowball or debt avalanche, worked out on your loans\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eMost templates give you one calculator and one answer. This one runs a full month-by-month schedule for the snowball and for the avalanche, then shows the gap between them in dollars and in months, so you choose knowing what the choice costs. The snowball rolls for real: when a debt clears, its minimum payment joins the next one automatically, and that rolling amount is part of every date in the file.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eEnter each loan's balance, rate and minimum payment once. The workbook decides the order to pay them in under either strategy, shows the month each one clears, and logs what you actually pay against the plan.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eTen connected tabs\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDebts:\u003c\/strong\u003e balance, rate and minimum payment, the only things you enter\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSnowball Schedule:\u003c\/strong\u003e every month and every loan until the last one clears\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAvalanche Schedule:\u003c\/strong\u003e the same schedule, ordered the other way round\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePayoff Plan:\u003c\/strong\u003e the order to pay them in and what each will cost you\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCompare:\u003c\/strong\u003e both strategies side by side, with the difference in dollars\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePayoff Calendar:\u003c\/strong\u003e the month each one disappears and what it frees up\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePayment Log:\u003c\/strong\u003e what you actually paid, split into principal and interest\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDashboard:\u003c\/strong\u003e six live figures, including your debt-free date\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSetup and Start Here\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhat this loan calculator works out\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eYour debt-free date, from your own numbers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe total interest you will pay across the whole plan\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHow many months each individual debt takes to clear\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe payoff order under either strategy, set automatically\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eChange the extra payment and every date moves with it\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCharts that redraw from your own numbers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eA filled-in copy to learn from\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eYou get a worked example to click through and a blank copy ready for your own loans, in Excel and in Google Sheets. It doubles as a loan tracker once repayments start, because every payment you log is split into principal and interest.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWorks with\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMicrosoft Excel 2016, 2019, 2021 and Microsoft 365, on Windows and Mac, and LibreOffice. No Microsoft 365 subscription needed.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGoogle Sheets with a free Google account. The Google Sheets version is a real workbook, not a PDF with a link in it.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNo add-ins, no macros, no subscription and no bank connection\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhat you download\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe Excel workbook, filled with a worked example\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe same workbook, blank and ready for your own numbers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe instruction guide, with one-click links to the Google Sheets versions (filled and blank)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe terms of use as a PDF\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Start Here tab walks you through setup in a few minutes.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eYour files are ready as soon as payment clears. The template is for personal use on your own devices; please do not share or resell the files. Questions before or after you buy? Use our contact page and we will help.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan I use it in Excel and Google Sheets?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The Excel workbook runs in Excel 2016 or later on Windows and Mac, and the instruction guide has two one-click links to the Google Sheets versions for a free Google account.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan I track federal and private loans together?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. Federal, provincial and private loans at different rates all go on the Debts tab and are planned as one.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow far ahead does the schedule run?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe schedule runs month by month for twenty years, so you get an actual debt-free date.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhich loan should I pay off first?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe workbook works out the order under both snowball and avalanche and shows the difference in dollars and months, so you can choose with the cost in front of you.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat do I need to enter?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eEach loan's balance, rate and minimum payment, then the payments you make. The Start Here tab walks you through setup in a few minutes.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"OPXVIA","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":67597860896862,"sku":"OPX-017","price":14.0,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0769\/2094\/6782\/files\/student-loan-payoff-tracker-01.jpg?v=1790832020"},{"product_id":"mortgage-payoff-calculator","title":"Mortgage Payoff Calculator Spreadsheet","description":"\u003cp\u003eThis mortgage payoff calculator shows what paying a little extra each month actually buys you. It runs a thirty-year amortization schedule and recalculates the whole thing the moment you change the extra payment, so you see the new payoff date and the interest saved by each extra payment straight away.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePlease read:\u003c\/strong\u003e This is a tracker tool only, not financial, tax, legal, medical or any other professional advice or advisory service. It records and calculates what you enter; you are solely responsible for checking all figures, rates, dates and results and for every decision you make. By purchasing, downloading or using it, you accept these terms (your statutory consumer rights are not affected).\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eExtra payments, recalculated instantly\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eEnter each balance, rate and minimum payment once. Change the extra payment and every date in the file moves, from the month each loan clears to your final debt-free date. The dashboard keeps six live figures in view, including that date and the total interest you will pay.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eSnowball or avalanche across your home loans\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eMost templates give you one calculator and one answer. This one runs a full month-by-month schedule for the snowball and for the avalanche, then shows the gap between them in dollars and in months, so you choose knowing what the choice costs. The snowball rolls for real: when a debt clears, its minimum payment joins the next one automatically, and that rolling amount is part of every date in the file.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eTen connected tabs\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDebts:\u003c\/strong\u003e balance, rate and minimum payment, the only things you enter\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSnowball Schedule:\u003c\/strong\u003e every month and every loan until the last one clears\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAvalanche Schedule:\u003c\/strong\u003e the same schedule, ordered the other way round\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePayoff Plan:\u003c\/strong\u003e the order to pay them in and what each will cost you\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCompare:\u003c\/strong\u003e both strategies side by side, with the difference in dollars\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePayoff Calendar:\u003c\/strong\u003e the month each one disappears and what it frees up\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePayment Log:\u003c\/strong\u003e what you actually paid, split into principal and interest\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDashboard:\u003c\/strong\u003e six live figures, including your debt-free date\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSetup and Start Here\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhat this mortgage tracker works out\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eYour debt-free date, from your own numbers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe total interest you will pay across the whole plan\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHow many months each individual debt takes to clear\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe payoff order under either strategy, set automatically\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eChange the extra payment and every date moves with it\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCharts that redraw from your own numbers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eA filled-in copy to learn from\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eYou get a worked example to click through and a blank copy ready for your own numbers, in Excel and in Google Sheets. The Payment Log splits every payment into principal and interest, so it stays useful as a home loan payoff record for years.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWorks with\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMicrosoft Excel 2016, 2019, 2021 and Microsoft 365, on Windows and Mac, and LibreOffice. No Microsoft 365 subscription needed.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGoogle Sheets with a free Google account. The Google Sheets version is a real workbook, not a PDF with a link in it.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNo add-ins, no macros, no subscription and no bank connection\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhat you download\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe Excel workbook, filled with a worked example\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe same workbook, blank and ready for your own numbers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe instruction guide, with one-click links to the Google Sheets versions (filled and blank)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe terms of use as a PDF\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Start Here tab walks you through setup in a few minutes.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eYour files are ready as soon as payment clears. The template is for personal use on your own devices; please do not share or resell the files. Questions before or after you buy? Use our contact page and we will help.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes it work in Excel or Google Sheets?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eBoth. The Excel workbook runs in Excel 2016 or later on Windows and Mac, and the instruction guide has two one-click links to the Google Sheets versions for a free Google account.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow do I see what an extra payment saves?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eChange the extra payment and the thirty-year amortization recalculates at once, moving every date and updating the total interest you will pay.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan I include more than one loan?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The Debts tab takes a balance, rate and minimum for each loan, and the workbook works out the order to pay them in under snowball or avalanche.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes it record the payments I actually make?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The Payment Log records what you paid, split into principal and interest.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs it hard to set up?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. You enter the balance, rate and minimum for each loan, and the Start Here tab walks you through setup in a few minutes.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"OPXVIA","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":67597861027934,"sku":"OPX-018","price":15.0,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0769\/2094\/6782\/files\/mortgage-payoff-calculator-01.jpg?v=1790832025"},{"product_id":"emergency-fund-savings-tracker","title":"Emergency Fund Savings Tracker Spreadsheet","description":"\u003cp\u003eThis emergency fund tracker shows how many months of essentials your savings would cover, and when the fund will be full at your current pace. It is for anyone building the fund that stops a bad month turning into a bad year.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePlease read:\u003c\/strong\u003e This is a tracker tool only, not financial, tax, legal, medical or any other professional advice or advisory service. It records and calculates what you enter; you are solely responsible for checking all figures, rates, dates and results and for every decision you make. By purchasing, downloading or using it, you accept these terms (your statutory consumer rights are not affected).\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eThe dashboard\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eNothing on the dashboard is typed. Pick the full year or any month and the page shows the fund at the end of it.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIn the fund: the balance, with a mini chart of every month end\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMonths of cover: how long the fund would pay your essentials, against your target\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe fund month by month, against the target line\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePut in and taken out, and the emergencies it paid for each month\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFull by: the month the fund reaches your target at the pace so far\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMilestones at one month, three months, your target and six months, reached or expected\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA month of essentials, with every share as a percentage\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWhat the fund paid for: the latest withdrawals with date and amount\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eA target with a date\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eSet a savings goal and a date, and the monthly amount it takes to hit it is calculated for you. Sinking funds sit alongside, so the emergency fund stops being the thing you raid for the car service. Every figure on the dashboard is calculated from the tabs behind it. Nothing is typed into a summary, so the front page can never disagree with the rows it came from.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eTen connected tabs\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eEvery tab reads the same transaction list, so nothing is entered twice. It works as a full budget spreadsheet as well as a savings tracker:\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMoney in, money out:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2,000 transaction rows, income by pay cycle, recurring bills, a bill calendar, and accounts with balances\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTwelve months:\u003c\/strong\u003e January through December, budget against actual, variance colored, start in any month, and an annual summary\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBuild wealth:\u003c\/strong\u003e the 50\/30\/20 split, debt payoff, sinking funds, savings goals and net worth\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003eYou get real spreadsheet files, not a PDF with a link in it: Excel and Google Sheets, each filled in and each blank and ready for yours. The filled copy is the file in the photos, so you can see how it behaves before you type anything.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWorks with\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMicrosoft Excel 2016, 2019, 2021 and Microsoft 365, on Windows and Mac, and LibreOffice. No Microsoft 365 subscription required.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGoogle Sheets with a free Google account. No Google account is needed for the Excel files.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNo add-ins, no macros and no subscription\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhat you download\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe Excel workbook filled with a worked example, and the same workbook blank and ready for yours\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe instruction guide, which has one-click links to the Google Sheets versions (filled and blank)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe terms of use as a PDF\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003eYour files are ready to download as soon as payment clears. The files are for personal use on your own devices; please do not share or resell them. Questions before or after you buy? Use our contact page and we will help.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan I use this in Google Sheets or Excel?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eBoth. You download Excel workbooks for Excel 2016 or later on Windows and Mac, and the instruction guide has one-click links to the Google Sheets versions (filled and blank).\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow does it work out months of cover?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt divides the fund balance by what a month of essentials costs you, and shows the result against the target you set.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWill it tell me when the fund will be full?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The dashboard shows the month the fund reaches your target at the pace so far, with milestones at one month, three months, your target and six months.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan I track other savings too?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. Sinking funds and savings goals sit in the same file, so planned costs are saved for separately from the emergency fund.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDo I need Microsoft 365?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. It runs on Excel 2016, 2019, 2021 or 365 and on LibreOffice, with no add-ins or macros.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"OPXVIA","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":67597862797406,"sku":"OPX-051","price":20.0,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0769\/2094\/6782\/files\/emergency-fund-savings-tracker-01.jpg?v=1790832217"},{"product_id":"sinking-funds-savings-tracker","title":"Sinking Funds Savings Tracker Spreadsheet","description":"\u003cp\u003eThis sinking funds tracker gives every known cost its own fund and works out what to set aside each month to meet it on time. It is for anyone tired of Christmas, the car service and the insurance renewal all landing at once.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePlease read:\u003c\/strong\u003e This is a tracker tool only, not financial, tax, legal, medical or any other professional advice or advisory service. It records and calculates what you enter; you are solely responsible for checking all figures, rates, dates and results and for every decision you make. By purchasing, downloading or using it, you accept these terms (your statutory consumer rights are not affected).\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eThe dashboard\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eNothing on the dashboard is typed. Show all funds or pick one, and the cards, bars and timeline follow.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSet aside: the money in the funds against what they need\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEvery fund, with set aside and still to find\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA month needed: what each fund needs each month from here, against your plan\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eComing up: the next bills due, what is set aside and whether each is on track\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWhen it is needed: the next twelve months, with a dot in the month each bill is due\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePut in each month, with the current month highlighted, and the running total against the target\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNext bill due: the next irregular bill, its date and its amount\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eA fund per known cost\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eGive each fund a target and a date, and the monthly amount is calculated. A bill calendar sits next to it, so nothing arrives as a surprise. Every figure on the dashboard is calculated from the tabs behind it. Nothing is typed into a summary, so the front page can never disagree with the rows it came from.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eConnected tabs\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eEvery tab reads the same transaction list, so nothing is entered twice. Beyond the funds, it is a complete annual budget and savings planner:\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMoney in, money out:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2,000 transaction rows, income by pay cycle, recurring bills, a bill calendar, and accounts with balances\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTwelve months:\u003c\/strong\u003e January through December, budget against actual, variance colored, start in any month, and an annual summary\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBuild wealth:\u003c\/strong\u003e the 50\/30\/20 split, debt payoff, sinking funds, savings goals and net worth\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003eYou get real spreadsheet files, not a PDF with a link in it: Excel and Google Sheets, each filled in and each blank and ready for yours. The filled copy is the file in the photos, so you can see how it behaves before you type anything.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is a budget template you can start in any month, with the bill calendar and sinking funds doing the forward planning.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWorks with\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMicrosoft Excel 2016, 2019, 2021 and Microsoft 365, on Windows and Mac, and LibreOffice. No Microsoft 365 subscription required.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGoogle Sheets with a free Google account. No Google account is needed for the Excel files.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNo add-ins, no macros and no subscription\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhat you download\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe Excel workbook filled with a worked example, and the same workbook blank and ready for yours\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe instruction guide, which has one-click links to the Google Sheets versions (filled and blank)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe terms of use as a PDF\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003eYour files are ready to download as soon as payment clears. The files are for personal use on your own devices; please do not share or resell them. Questions before or after you buy? Use our contact page and we will help.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes it work in Excel and Google Sheets?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. You download Excel workbooks for Excel 2016 or later on Windows and Mac, and the instruction guide has one-click links to the Google Sheets versions (filled and blank).\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow is the monthly amount for each fund worked out?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eFrom the target and the date the bill is due: what is still to find is spread over the months left, and compared with what you plan to put in.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan I see which bills are coming up?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The dashboard lists the bills due next and whether each is on track, and the timeline marks the month each bill falls due over the next twelve months.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan I look at one fund on its own?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. Pick a single fund on the dashboard and the cards, bars and timeline switch to that fund.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs it only for sinking funds?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. The same file includes a full monthly budget, savings goals, debt payoff and net worth, all reading one transaction list.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"OPXVIA","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":67597862830174,"sku":"OPX-052","price":20.0,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0769\/2094\/6782\/files\/sinking-funds-savings-tracker-01.jpg?v=1790832223"},{"product_id":"student-budget-semester-planner","title":"Student Budget Planner Spreadsheet","description":"\u003cp\u003eThis student budget runs the way a student year does: in terms, not months. It is for college and university students who want to know which term will come up short before it does, and what each teaching week really costs.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePlease read:\u003c\/strong\u003e This is a tracker tool only, not financial, tax, legal, medical or any other professional advice or advisory service. It records and calculates what you enter; you are solely responsible for checking all figures, rates, dates and results and for every decision you make. By purchasing, downloading or using it, you accept these terms (your statutory consumer rights are not affected).\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eThe Semester Plan\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThree terms, each with its real number of teaching weeks, so tuition, fees, books, housing and living costs land where they actually fall, and cost per week is a figure rather than a guess. The plan sets grant or loan, family money and what your work pays against each term, and shows which term comes up short.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThree terms with real week counts and cost per week\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFunding by term: grant or loan, family, and work\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMoney in against money out for each term's own months\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003e25 connected tabs\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eAround the Semester Plan sits a full budget, with transactions, student income lines, recurring bills, a bill calendar, accounts, twelve monthly tabs, an annual summary, expense breakdown, savings goals and a no-spend challenge. Everything reads from one transaction list, so nothing is typed twice and there are no pivot tables to refresh.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2,000 transactions and 40 categories, all renameable\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEvery figure calculated: budgets, variances, totals and percentages\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOver-budget and overdue amounts color themselves\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDrop-down lists that grow as you add accounts and categories\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCharts that redraw from your own numbers, not pictures\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003eSo the same file is a semester planner, a monthly budget and an everyday expense tracker, and the college budget and the month-to-month spending never disagree. For student finance that arrives in lumps, seeing it term by term is the point.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eYou get a filled-in copy as well as a blank one: a full demo year you can click through, and a blank ready for your own money, in Excel and Google Sheets. It uses no dynamic arrays, no macros and no add-ins, so it behaves the same in every supported version, and the Google Sheets version is a real workbook, not a PDF with a link in it.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWorks with\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMicrosoft Excel 2016, 2019, 2021 and Microsoft 365, on Windows and Mac, and LibreOffice. No Microsoft 365 subscription required.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGoogle Sheets with a free Google account. No Google account is needed for the Excel files.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNo add-ins, no macros, no subscription and no bank connection\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhat you download\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe Excel workbook filled with a worked example, and the same workbook blank and ready for yours\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe instruction guide, which has one-click links to the Google Sheets versions (filled and blank)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe terms of use as a PDF\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003eYour files are ready to download as soon as payment clears. The Start Here tab walks you through setup in a few minutes. The files are for your own household; please do not share or resell them. Questions before or after you buy? Use our contact page and we will help.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes it work in Excel or Google Sheets?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eBoth. You get Excel files for Excel 2016 or later on Windows and Mac, and the instruction guide has one-click links to make Google Sheets copies with a free Google account.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhy plan by term instead of by month?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eBecause tuition, grants and housing often land per term. The Semester Plan uses each term's real teaching weeks so cost per week and any shortfall show up per term.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan I include money from family and a job?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. Funding is split into grant or loan, family, and work for each term.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan I rename the categories?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. There are 40 categories and all of them can be renamed, with drop-downs that grow as you add accounts and categories.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes it connect to my bank?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. There is no bank connection, no add-ins and no macros. You enter or paste your transactions.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"OPXVIA","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":67597863780446,"sku":"OPX-063","price":17.0,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0769\/2094\/6782\/files\/student-budget-semester-planner-01.jpg?v=1790832285"},{"product_id":"new-parent-baby-budget","title":"New Parent Budget and Baby Costs Spreadsheet","description":"\u003cp\u003eThis new parent budget starts with the real money problem of a new baby: the income during leave, not the price of the pram. It is for expecting and new parents who want to see, month by month, what parental leave does to the household.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePlease read:\u003c\/strong\u003e This is a tracker tool only, not financial, tax, legal, medical or any other professional advice or advisory service. It records and calculates what you enter; you are solely responsible for checking all figures, rates, dates and results and for every decision you make. By purchasing, downloading or using it, you accept these terms (your statutory consumer rights are not affected).\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eParental leave, modeled\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe leave-pay ramp shows pay coming in, spending going out and a running balance for twelve months. In the demo, full pay runs to the end of March, then statutory leave pay at 55% for the nine months after. The household goes from 8,280 a month to 6,498, runs a small deficit from April, and still finishes the year 2,190 ahead, and you can see exactly which bills made that possible.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eBaby costs, done properly\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA one-off baby costs list with budget against actual for every item, a second-hand column, and what you still have left to buy\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEvery monthly baby cost, with the yearly figure beside it\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLeave-pay ramp: pay in, spend out and a running balance for twelve months\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003e27 connected tabs\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eAround the baby tabs sits a complete family budget. Everything reads from one transaction list, so nothing is typed twice and there are no pivot tables to refresh.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2,000 transactions and 40 categories, all renameable\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEvery figure calculated: budgets, variances, totals and percentages\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOver-budget and overdue amounts color themselves\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDrop-down lists that grow as you add accounts and categories\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCharts that redraw from your own numbers, not pictures\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt works as a baby budget for the shopping list and as a monthly budget for everything else, from one set of numbers.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eYou get a filled-in copy as well as a blank one: a full demo year you can click through, and a blank ready for your own money, in Excel and Google Sheets. It uses no dynamic arrays, no macros and no add-ins, so it behaves the same in every supported version, and the Google Sheets version is a real workbook, not a PDF with a link in it.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWorks with\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMicrosoft Excel 2016, 2019, 2021 and Microsoft 365, on Windows and Mac, and LibreOffice. No Microsoft 365 subscription required.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGoogle Sheets with a free Google account. No Google account is needed for the Excel files.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNo add-ins, no macros, no subscription and no bank connection\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhat you download\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe Excel workbook filled with a worked example, and the same workbook blank and ready for yours\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe instruction guide, which has one-click links to the Google Sheets versions (filled and blank)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe terms of use as a PDF\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003eYour files are ready to download as soon as payment clears. The Start Here tab walks you through setup in a few minutes. The files are for your own household; please do not share or resell them. Questions before or after you buy? Use our contact page and we will help.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan I use it in Excel and Google Sheets?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. You get Excel files for Excel 2016 or later on Windows and Mac, and the instruction guide has one-click links to make Google Sheets copies with a free Google account.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan I change the leave pay to match my own situation?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe demo uses full pay to the end of March and then 55% for nine months. You enter your own pay in and spending out, and the twelve-month running balance follows.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes it include a baby shopping list?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The Baby Costs tab lists one-off items with budget against actual, a second-hand column and what is still left to buy.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes it track ongoing monthly baby costs?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. Every monthly baby cost is listed with its yearly figure beside it.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes it connect to my bank?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. There is no bank connection, no add-ins and no macros. You enter or paste your own transactions.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"OPXVIA","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":67597863813214,"sku":"OPX-064","price":22.0,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0769\/2094\/6782\/files\/new-parent-baby-budget-01.jpg?v=1790832291"},{"product_id":"irregular-income-budget-freelancer","title":"Irregular Income Budget Spreadsheet","description":"\u003cp\u003eThis irregular income budget lets you pay yourself one fixed salary out of twelve months that are never the same size. It is for freelancers, the self employed and anyone on commission income who wants a steady month from an unsteady year.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePlease read:\u003c\/strong\u003e This is a tracker tool only, not financial, tax, legal, medical or any other professional advice or advisory service. It records and calculates what you enter; you are solely responsible for checking all figures, rates, dates and results and for every decision you make. By purchasing, downloading or using it, you accept these terms (your statutory consumer rights are not affected).\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eIncome smoothing\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eGood months top up a buffer and lean months draw it down. The number that matters, how many months of salary are in the buffer right now, is a cell rather than homework. Set the salary once and every month recalculates.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe demo is a real freelance year: 7,682 in November, 1,900 in August when only the retainer lands, and the buffer absorbs the difference.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIncome Smoothing: pay yourself a salary and watch the buffer\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLean and strong months flag themselves against the salary you set\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIf the work stopped: buffer, savings and cash, in months of runway\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003e28 connected tabs\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eBehind the smoothing sits a complete budget for variable income. Everything reads from one transaction list, so nothing is typed twice and there are no pivot tables to refresh.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2,000 transactions and 40 categories, all renameable\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEvery figure calculated: budgets, variances, totals and percentages\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOver-budget and overdue amounts color themselves\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDrop-down lists that grow as you add accounts and categories\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCharts that redraw from your own numbers, not pictures\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003eSo the freelance budget and the household budget are the same file, and the months of runway update every time you add a transaction.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eYou get a filled-in copy as well as a blank one: a full demo year you can click through, and a blank ready for your own money, in Excel and Google Sheets. It uses no dynamic arrays, no macros and no add-ins, so it behaves the same in every supported version, and the Google Sheets version is a real workbook, not a PDF with a link in it.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWorks with\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMicrosoft Excel 2016, 2019, 2021 and Microsoft 365, on Windows and Mac, and LibreOffice. No Microsoft 365 subscription required.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGoogle Sheets with a free Google account. No Google account is needed for the Excel files.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNo add-ins, no macros, no subscription and no bank connection\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhat you download\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe Excel workbook filled with a worked example, and the same workbook blank and ready for yours\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe instruction guide, which has one-click links to the Google Sheets versions (filled and blank)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe terms of use as a PDF\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003eYour files are ready to download as soon as payment clears. The Start Here tab walks you through setup in a few minutes. The files are for your own household; please do not share or resell them. Questions before or after you buy? Use our contact page and we will help.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes it work in Excel or Google Sheets?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eBoth. You get Excel files for Excel 2016 or later on Windows and Mac, and the instruction guide has one-click links to make Google Sheets copies with a free Google account.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow does income smoothing work here?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYou set a fixed salary. Months that earn more than it top up a buffer, months that earn less draw it down, and the file shows how many months of salary the buffer holds.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan it show how long I could last without work?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. It adds up buffer, savings and cash and shows the total in months of runway.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes it flag lean months?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. Lean and strong months flag themselves against the salary you set.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan I rename the categories?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. All 40 categories can be renamed, and drop-downs grow as you add accounts and categories.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"OPXVIA","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":67597863845982,"sku":"OPX-065","price":27.0,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0769\/2094\/6782\/files\/irregular-income-budget-freelancer-01.jpg?v=1790832297"},{"product_id":"retirement-budget-drawdown-planner","title":"Retirement Budget Spreadsheet","description":"\u003cp\u003eThis retirement budget treats income as the fixed part and asks the real question: how long does the rest last? It is a retiree budget for anyone living on pensions and savings who wants the drawdown worked out properly.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePlease read:\u003c\/strong\u003e This is a tracker tool only, not financial, tax, legal, medical or any other professional advice or advisory service. It records and calculates what you enter; you are solely responsible for checking all figures, rates, dates and results and for every decision you make. By purchasing, downloading or using it, you accept these terms (your statutory consumer rights are not affected).\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eGuaranteed and variable income\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eEvery income source is listed as guaranteed or variable, so the share that cannot be taken away is a number on the dashboard, 76% in the demo. That makes it a simple pension tracker as well as a fixed income budget.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eThe drawdown\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eEnter the portfolio balance and what you take out each year, and the withdrawal rate falls out of the two. The file then shows how many years the pot lasts at the growth rate you assume. That figure uses the annuity formula, not balance divided by withdrawal: a pot that keeps growing while it is drawn lasts noticeably longer, and the straight-line answer can be out by a decade.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRetirement Income: every source, guaranteed or variable, with its share\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWithdrawal rate and years remaining, against a growth rate you set\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIncome against essentials and everything else, month by month\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003e25 connected tabs\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eAround the drawdown planner sits a full monthly budget. Everything reads from one transaction list, so nothing is typed twice and there are no pivot tables to refresh.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2,000 transactions and 40 categories, all renameable\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEvery figure calculated: budgets, variances, totals and percentages\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOver-budget and overdue amounts color themselves\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDrop-down lists that grow as you add accounts and categories\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCharts that redraw from your own numbers, not pictures\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003eYou get a filled-in copy as well as a blank one: a full demo year you can click through, and a blank ready for your own money, in Excel and Google Sheets. It uses no dynamic arrays, no macros and no add-ins, so it behaves the same in every supported version, and the Google Sheets version is a real workbook, not a PDF with a link in it.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWorks with\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMicrosoft Excel 2016, 2019, 2021 and Microsoft 365, on Windows and Mac, and LibreOffice. No Microsoft 365 subscription required.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGoogle Sheets with a free Google account. No Google account is needed for the Excel files.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNo add-ins, no macros, no subscription and no bank connection\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhat you download\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe Excel workbook filled with a worked example, and the same workbook blank and ready for yours\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe instruction guide, which has one-click links to the Google Sheets versions (filled and blank)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe terms of use as a PDF\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003eYour files are ready to download as soon as payment clears. The Start Here tab walks you through setup in a few minutes. The files are for your own household; please do not share or resell them. Questions before or after you buy? Use our contact page and we will help.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan I use it in Excel or Google Sheets?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eBoth. You get Excel files for Excel 2016 or later on Windows and Mac, and the instruction guide has one-click links to make Google Sheets copies with a free Google account.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow does it work out how long my savings last?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt uses the annuity formula with your balance, yearly withdrawal and the growth rate you assume, rather than simply dividing balance by withdrawal.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat growth rate does it use?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe one you set. It does not choose a rate or give advice about one.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan I separate pensions from investment income?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. Each income source is marked guaranteed or variable, and the dashboard shows the guaranteed share.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes it connect to my bank or pension provider?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. There is no bank connection, no add-ins and no macros. You enter your own figures.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"OPXVIA","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":67597863878750,"sku":"OPX-066","price":25.0,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0769\/2094\/6782\/files\/retirement-budget-drawdown-planner-01.jpg?v=1790832302"},{"product_id":"single-income-household-budget","title":"Single Income Household Budget Spreadsheet","description":"\u003cp\u003eThis single income budget shows how far one salary reaches when it is holding up a whole household. It is a family budget for one-earner homes, including stay at home parent households, that want the risk in numbers.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePlease read:\u003c\/strong\u003e This is a tracker tool only, not financial, tax, legal, medical or any other professional advice or advisory service. It records and calculates what you enter; you are solely responsible for checking all figures, rates, dates and results and for every decision you make. By purchasing, downloading or using it, you accept these terms (your statutory consumer rights are not affected).\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eA cover ratio for every month\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eIncome divided by essentials, worked out each month and color-coded, so you can see at a glance which months the one wage covers comfortably and which it does not. In the demo it never drops below 1.49x, and the tab says so.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eIf the income stopped\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe question that keeps one income budget households awake: if the pay stopped on Friday, how long would everything else keep running? In the demo it is 5.4 months as things stand, 6.4 if optional spending goes, and 8.6 if savings pause too. Investments are counted at half, because selling in a hurry costs money.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOne Income: monthly cover ratio against essentials, color-coded\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWhat you could reach if the income stopped, and how fast\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCutting back buys time: three scenarios, months of runway each\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003e28 connected tabs\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eUnderneath sits a complete household budget. Everything reads from one transaction list, so nothing is typed twice and there are no pivot tables to refresh.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2,000 transactions and 40 categories, all renameable\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEvery figure calculated: budgets, variances, totals and percentages\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOver-budget and overdue amounts color themselves\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDrop-down lists that grow as you add accounts and categories\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCharts that redraw from your own numbers, not pictures\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt answers the emergency fund question directly: how many months your savings and accounts would carry the household on one income or none.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eYou get a filled-in copy as well as a blank one: a full demo year you can click through, and a blank ready for your own money, in Excel and Google Sheets. It uses no dynamic arrays, no macros and no add-ins, so it behaves the same in every supported version, and the Google Sheets version is a real workbook, not a PDF with a link in it.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWorks with\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMicrosoft Excel 2016, 2019, 2021 and Microsoft 365, on Windows and Mac, and LibreOffice. No Microsoft 365 subscription required.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGoogle Sheets with a free Google account. No Google account is needed for the Excel files.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNo add-ins, no macros, no subscription and no bank connection\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhat you download\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe Excel workbook filled with a worked example, and the same workbook blank and ready for yours\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe instruction guide, which has one-click links to the Google Sheets versions (filled and blank)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe terms of use as a PDF\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003eYour files are ready to download as soon as payment clears. The Start Here tab walks you through setup in a few minutes. The files are for your own household; please do not share or resell them. Questions before or after you buy? Use our contact page and we will help.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes it work in Excel or Google Sheets?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eBoth. You get Excel files for Excel 2016 or later on Windows and Mac, and the instruction guide has one-click links to make Google Sheets copies with a free Google account.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the cover ratio?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYour income divided by your essential spending for each month. Above 1 means the one income covers the essentials that month.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow does it work out months of runway?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt adds up what you could reach if the income stopped, counting investments at half, and divides by your spending under three scenarios.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan I rename the categories?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. All 40 categories are renameable, and drop-downs grow as you add accounts and categories.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes it connect to my bank?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. There is no bank connection, no add-ins and no macros. You enter or paste your transactions.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"OPXVIA","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":67597863977054,"sku":"OPX-067","price":25.0,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0769\/2094\/6782\/files\/single-income-household-budget-01.jpg?v=1790832308"},{"product_id":"debt-free-journey-planner","title":"Debt-Free Journey Planner Spreadsheet","description":"\u003cp\u003eThis debt payoff tracker gives you dated milestones on the way to zero, not just one end date years away. It is for anyone paying down several debts who wants to see progress every few months and know exactly what comes next.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePlease read:\u003c\/strong\u003e This is a tracker tool only, not financial, tax, legal, medical or any other professional advice or advisory service. It records and calculates what you enter; you are solely responsible for checking all figures, rates, dates and results and for every decision you make. By purchasing, downloading or using it, you accept these terms (your statutory consumer rights are not affected).\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eThe dashboard\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eNothing on the dashboard is typed. Pick your plan, snowball or avalanche, and the whole page follows.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDebt-free in: the months left, and the month you owe nothing at all\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMilestones passed, and when the next quarter mark comes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe road to debt-free, with the date of each quarter mark\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStill owed: your balance on its way to zero, with the quarter marks across it\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEvery debt in the order it clears, the finished ones ticked off\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePaid so far: every payment logged, ahead of or behind the plan\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWhat comes next: the next milestone and the next debt to go, with dates\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe rolling payment that moves onto the target debt as each one clears\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSnowball against avalanche: dates, months, interest and total paid, side by side\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eMilestones with dates\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eA quarter gone, halfway, three quarters, done: each date is read off the amortization schedule rather than guessed. Beside it sits the month every single debt disappears and what its payment frees up. In the demo that is 43,050 across eight debts, a quarter gone by September, halfway in May of the following year, and clear in 31 months. Change the extra payment on Setup and every date pulls forward.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eEleven connected tabs\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eEverything recalculates from your debt list, so nothing is typed twice. As a debt snowball and debt avalanche payoff calculator, it works both strategies out in full from your own numbers:\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBoth snowball and avalanche calculated in full, month by month\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFreed minimums roll onto the next debt automatically\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA payoff date per debt, and the month you are done\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e400 payments logged, split into principal and interest\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCharts that redraw from your own numbers, not pictures\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe balance chart is your debt free chart, and the payment log makes it a loan tracker for every card and loan you hold.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eYou get a filled-in copy as well as a blank one: a full demo you can click through and a blank ready for your own numbers, in Excel and Google Sheets. There are no dynamic arrays, no macros and no add-ins, and the Google Sheets version is a real workbook, not a PDF with a link in it.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWorks with\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMicrosoft Excel 2016, 2019, 2021 and Microsoft 365, on Windows and Mac, and LibreOffice. No Microsoft 365 subscription required.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGoogle Sheets with a free Google account. No Google account is needed for the Excel files.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNo add-ins, no macros, no subscription and no bank connection\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhat you download\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe Excel workbook filled with a worked example, and the same workbook blank and ready for yours\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe instruction guide, which has one-click links to the Google Sheets versions (filled and blank)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe terms of use as a PDF\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003eYour files are ready to download as soon as payment clears. The files are for your own use; please do not share or resell them. Questions before or after you buy? Use our contact page and we will help.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes it work in Excel or Google Sheets?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eBoth. You download Excel workbooks for Excel 2016 or later on Windows and Mac, and the instruction guide has one-click links to the Google Sheets versions (filled and blank).\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan I compare the snowball and avalanche methods?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. Both are calculated in full, month by month, and the dashboard sets their dates, months, interest and total paid side by side.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat are the milestones?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eA quarter of the debt gone, halfway, three quarters and done, each with a date read from the amortization schedule.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat happens when I pay extra?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eChange the extra payment on Setup and every milestone and payoff date recalculates and pulls forward.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan I log my actual payments?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. Up to 400 payments, each split into principal and interest, and the dashboard shows whether you are ahead of or behind the plan.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"OPXVIA","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":67597864042590,"sku":"OPX-068","price":25.0,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0769\/2094\/6782\/files\/debt-free-journey-planner-01.jpg?v=1790832314"},{"product_id":"medical-bill-debt-tracker","title":"Medical Bill and Debt Tracker Spreadsheet","description":"\u003cp\u003eThis medical bill tracker shows what was billed, what each insurer paid, what was written off and what is genuinely yours to pay. It is for anyone handling a stack of medical expenses who wants to check every bill before paying it, and then pay down any medical debt that remains.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePlease read:\u003c\/strong\u003e This is a tracker tool only, not financial, tax, legal, medical or any other professional advice or advisory service. It records and calculates what you enter; you are solely responsible for checking all figures, rates, dates and results and for every decision you make. By purchasing, downloading or using it, you accept these terms (your statutory consumer rights are not affected).\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eTwo insurers per bill\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eEach bill has two insurance submissions, primary then secondary, because one column is not how real coverage works. Your share is calculated as billed less both insurers less the write-off, never typed. When a provider's statement disagrees with that column, you know to make the call before you pay. In the demo, a bill of 3,840 had 3,072 paid by insurance and 460 written off, leaving 308 owed.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eBill, Receipt and EOB on every line\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThree document columns sit on every bill. The strip at the top counts how many bills are still waiting on an EOB, so the sheet doubles as an EOB tracker for insurance claims you have not yet checked.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eEleven connected tabs\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eEverything recalculates from your debt list, so nothing is typed twice. Once the bills are settled, the debt payoff side takes over:\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBoth snowball and avalanche calculated in full, month by month\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFreed minimums roll onto the next debt automatically\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA payoff date per debt, and the month you are done\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e400 payments logged, split into principal and interest\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCharts that redraw from your own numbers, not pictures\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe dashboard shows what you still owe, the order to pay it in and the month you are clear.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eYou get a filled-in copy as well as a blank one: a full demo you can click through and a blank ready for your own numbers, in Excel and Google Sheets. There are no dynamic arrays, no macros and no add-ins, and the Google Sheets version is a real workbook, not a PDF with a link in it.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWorks with\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMicrosoft Excel 2016, 2019, 2021 and Microsoft 365, on Windows and Mac, and LibreOffice. No Microsoft 365 subscription required.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGoogle Sheets with a free Google account. No Google account is needed for the Excel files.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNo add-ins, no macros, no subscription and no bank connection\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhat you download\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe Excel workbook filled with a worked example, and the same workbook blank and ready for yours\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe instruction guide, which has one-click links to the Google Sheets versions (filled and blank)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe terms of use as a PDF\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003eYour files are ready to download as soon as payment clears. The Start Here tab walks you through setup in a few minutes. The files are for your own use; please do not share or resell them. Questions before or after you buy? Use our contact page and we will help.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes it work in Excel or Google Sheets?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eBoth. You get Excel files for Excel 2016 or later on Windows and Mac, and the instruction guide has one-click links to make Google Sheets copies with a free Google account.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan I record two insurance plans?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. Every bill has a primary and a secondary insurance submission, and your share is calculated after both and after any write-off.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow does it help me check an EOB?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eEach bill has Bill, Receipt and EOB columns, and the strip at the top counts how many bills are still waiting on an EOB.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan it plan paying off medical debt?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. Snowball and avalanche are both calculated month by month, freed minimums roll onto the next debt, and each debt gets a payoff date.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs this medical or legal advice?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. It is a tracker that records and calculates what you enter. Check every figure against your own statements.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"OPXVIA","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":67597864075358,"sku":"OPX-069","price":22.0,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0769\/2094\/6782\/files\/medical-bill-debt-tracker-01.jpg?v=1790832320"},{"product_id":"car-loan-payoff-cost-tracker","title":"Car Loan Payoff and Car Cost Tracker Spreadsheet","description":"\u003cp\u003eThis car loan tracker puts the loan and the cost of running the car in one place, because the monthly payment is only part of what a car costs. In the demo the payment is 700 a month, but the car costs 1,543. It is for anyone who wants the full picture before or after taking on an auto loan.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePlease read:\u003c\/strong\u003e This is a tracker tool only, not financial, tax, legal, medical or any other professional advice or advisory service. It records and calculates what you enter; you are solely responsible for checking all figures, rates, dates and results and for every decision you make. By purchasing, downloading or using it, you accept these terms (your statutory consumer rights are not affected).\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eRunning costs priced the way you pay them\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eTen running-cost categories, each priced as what it costs each time and how many times a year: fuel weekly, insurance monthly, tires once. The yearly total falls out, and so does the number almost nobody works out, the cost per kilometer with loan and running costs together.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eIn the demo that is 10,122 in running costs on top of 8,400 in loan payments, over 18,400 kilometers, or 1.01 a kilometer all in. Interest is shown separately and inside the payment, not added on top of it, which is where many spreadsheets quietly double-count.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eThe loan side\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLoan payments and interest read from your debt list, never retyped\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBoth snowball and avalanche calculated in full, month by month\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFreed minimums roll onto the next debt automatically\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA payoff date per debt, and the month you are done\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e400 payments logged, split into principal and interest\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCharts that redraw from your own numbers, not pictures\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eEleven connected tabs\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eEverything recalculates from your debt list, so nothing is typed twice. It works as a loan calculator for the payoff date and as a log of vehicle expenses for the year, with car costs and the loan side by side on the dashboard.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eYou get a filled-in copy as well as a blank one: a full demo you can click through and a blank ready for your own numbers, in Excel and Google Sheets. There are no dynamic arrays, no macros and no add-ins, and the Google Sheets version is a real workbook, not a PDF with a link in it.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWorks with\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMicrosoft Excel 2016, 2019, 2021 and Microsoft 365, on Windows and Mac, and LibreOffice. No Microsoft 365 subscription required.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGoogle Sheets with a free Google account. No Google account is needed for the Excel files.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNo add-ins, no macros, no subscription and no bank connection\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhat you download\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe Excel workbook filled with a worked example, and the same workbook blank and ready for yours\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe instruction guide, which has one-click links to the Google Sheets versions (filled and blank)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe terms of use as a PDF\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003eYour files are ready to download as soon as payment clears. The Start Here tab walks you through setup in a few minutes. The files are for your own use; please do not share or resell them. Questions before or after you buy? Use our contact page and we will help.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes it work in Excel or Google Sheets?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eBoth. You get Excel files for Excel 2016 or later on Windows and Mac, and the instruction guide has one-click links to make Google Sheets copies with a free Google account.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow are running costs entered?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eFor each of ten categories you enter what it costs each time and how many times a year, and the yearly total is worked out.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes it work out cost per kilometer?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. It combines running costs and loan payments over the distance you drive to give a cost per kilometer, all in.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes it double-count interest?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. Interest is shown separately but inside the loan payment, not added on top of it.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan I track other debts too?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The debt list takes other loans, with snowball and avalanche calculated in full and a payoff date for each debt.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"OPXVIA","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":67597864108126,"sku":"OPX-070","price":20.0,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0769\/2094\/6782\/files\/car-loan-payoff-cost-tracker-01.jpg?v=1790832326"},{"product_id":"mortgage-comparison-calculator","title":"Mortgage Comparison Calculator Spreadsheet","description":"\u003cp\u003eThis mortgage comparison spreadsheet shows why the lowest rate is not always the cheapest loan. In the demo, 4.39% costs more than 4.54%. It is for homebuyers and anyone weighing a refinance who wants to compare mortgages with every cost included.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePlease read:\u003c\/strong\u003e This is a tracker tool only, not financial, tax, legal, medical or any other professional advice or advisory service. It records and calculates what you enter; you are solely responsible for checking all figures, rates, dates and results and for every decision you make. By purchasing, downloading or using it, you accept these terms (your statutory consumer rights are not affected).\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFour offers, every cost in\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eEnter up to four offers side by side with rate, term, amortization, lender fee and points. Then the sheet does two things most comparison sheets get wrong.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThe same number of months.\u003c\/strong\u003e Offers with different terms are compared over the shortest term on offer. A three-year term simply has fewer payments in it; it is not cheaper.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThe balance still owed.\u003c\/strong\u003e What you would still owe at the end of the term is counted. Leave it out and the answer flips.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003eWhat is left is interest plus fees: the real cost. In the demo the cheapest rate on the page, 4.39%, costs 952 more than 4.54% once its mortgage points and its fee are in. Break even against the no-fee offer is 32.6 months for the winner and 46.2 for the one with the tempting rate.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhat it works out\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOffer comparison: four offers, every cost in, over a common horizon\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBreak-even against the no-fee offer, in months\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBalance still owed when your term ends, for each offer\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eEleven connected tabs\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eEverything recalculates from your debt list, so nothing is typed twice. The same workbook also plans payoff for other debts:\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBoth snowball and avalanche calculated in full, month by month\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFreed minimums roll onto the next debt automatically\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA payoff date per debt, and the month you are done\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e400 payments logged, split into principal and interest\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCharts that redraw from your own numbers, not pictures\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003eLender fees and points are the closing costs that most change the answer, which is why each one is entered per offer.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eYou get a filled-in copy as well as a blank one: a full demo you can click through and a blank ready for your own numbers, in Excel and Google Sheets. There are no dynamic arrays, no macros and no add-ins, and the Google Sheets version is a real workbook, not a PDF with a link in it.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWorks with\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMicrosoft Excel 2016, 2019, 2021 and Microsoft 365, on Windows and Mac, and LibreOffice. No Microsoft 365 subscription required.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGoogle Sheets with a free Google account. No Google account is needed for the Excel files.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNo add-ins, no macros, no subscription and no bank connection\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhat you download\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe Excel workbook filled with a worked example, and the same workbook blank and ready for yours\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe instruction guide, which has one-click links to the Google Sheets versions (filled and blank)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe terms of use as a PDF\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003eYour files are ready to download as soon as payment clears. The Start Here tab walks you through setup in a few minutes. The files are for your own use; please do not share or resell them. Questions before or after you buy? Use our contact page and we will help.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan I use it in Excel or Google Sheets?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eBoth. You get Excel files for Excel 2016 or later on Windows and Mac, and the instruction guide has one-click links to make Google Sheets copies with a free Google account.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow many mortgage offers can I compare?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eFour, side by side, each with rate, term, amortization, lender fee and points.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow does it compare offers with different terms?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eEverything is measured over the shortest term on offer, and the balance still owed at that point is counted, so a shorter term does not look cheaper just because it has fewer payments.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat does break-even mean here?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe number of months before an offer with fees or points becomes cheaper than the no-fee offer.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWill it tell me which mortgage to choose?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. It calculates the figures you enter. It is not financial advice, so check the results and the terms with your lender.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"OPXVIA","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":67597864140894,"sku":"OPX-071","price":22.0,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0769\/2094\/6782\/files\/mortgage-comparison-calculator-01.jpg?v=1790832332"},{"product_id":"checkbook-register-running-balance","title":"Checkbook Register Spreadsheet","description":"\u003cp\u003eThis checkbook register keeps a running balance that stays right even when you add an entry in the middle. It is for anyone who still writes checks or likes a digital checkbook alongside the bank, and wants to see exactly why the statement and the register do not match.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePlease read:\u003c\/strong\u003e This is a tracker tool only, not financial, tax, legal, medical or any other professional advice or advisory service. It records and calculates what you enter; you are solely responsible for checking all figures, rates, dates and results and for every decision you make. By purchasing, downloading or using it, you accept these terms (your statutory consumer rights are not affected).\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eA balance that carries\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eEvery row takes its balance from the row above. When a check clears weeks late and you insert it in the middle of the month, every balance beneath it recalculates. A fixed balance column is the most common fault in a check register, and it is the one thing this file is built to get right.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e400 rows with date, check number and description\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePaid in and paid out in separate columns\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOne opening balance cell above the register\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAny row where the account goes overdrawn turns red, right where it happens\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eCleared, and not cleared\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eEach row has a cleared yes\/no. The sheet totals everything that has not cleared yet, which is exactly the gap between what the bank shows and what you have actually spent. That total explains why a statement and a register disagree, without a search through the whole month.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eBills, tasks and a dashboard\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eA small set of tabs sits behind the transaction register, so the money and the admin around it stay together.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBills:\u003c\/strong\u003e a bill tracker with due dates\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTasks:\u003c\/strong\u003e for the paperwork around your account\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDashboard:\u003c\/strong\u003e reads the register and bills together, a simple spending tracker at a glance\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStart Here and Setup:\u003c\/strong\u003e setup in a few minutes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWorks with\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMicrosoft Excel 2016, 2019, 2021 and Microsoft 365, on Windows and Mac, and LibreOffice\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGoogle Sheets with a free Google account. The Google Sheets version is a real workbook you copy, not a PDF with a link in it.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNo dynamic arrays, no macros, no add-ins and no subscription\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhat you download\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTwo Excel files: a worked example with two months of a real account, including an entry that has not cleared, and a blank copy\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe instruction guide, which has one-click links to the Google Sheets versions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe terms of use as a PDF\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003eYour files are ready the moment payment clears. The register is for personal use on your own devices, so please do not share or resell the files. Questions? Reach us through our contact page.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDo I need Excel, or can I use Google Sheets?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eEither. The download has Excel files for Excel 2016 or later on Windows and Mac, and the instruction guide has one-click links to copy the Google Sheets versions with a free Google account.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat happens if I insert a transaction in the middle?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eEach row takes its balance from the row above, so every balance below the new entry recalculates.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow does it help me reconcile with my bank statement?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eEach row has a cleared yes\/no, and the sheet totals everything not yet cleared. That total is the gap between the bank balance and your register.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow many transactions does it hold?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Register tab has 400 rows, each with a date, check number, description, paid in and paid out.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWill it warn me if I go overdrawn?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The row where the balance goes below zero turns red.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"OPXVIA","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":67597866598494,"sku":"OPX-121","price":18.0,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0769\/2094\/6782\/files\/checkbook-register-running-balance-01.jpg?v=1790832617"},{"product_id":"simple-budget-spreadsheet-beginners","title":"Simple Budget Dashboard for Beginners","description":"\u003cp\u003eThis simple budget spreadsheet keeps only what a first budget needs, so it is one you will keep using. It is a budget for beginners: anyone budgeting for the first time who wants to see money in, money out, what was saved and what is left, without debt calculators and challenges crowding the screen.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePlease read:\u003c\/strong\u003e This is a tracker tool only, not financial, tax, legal, medical or any other professional advice or advisory service. It records and calculates what you enter; you are solely responsible for checking all figures, rates, dates and results and for every decision you make. By purchasing, downloading or using it, you accept these terms (your statutory consumer rights are not affected).\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eThe dashboard\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eNothing on the dashboard is typed. It fills itself from your entries, and one drop-down switches it between any month and the full year.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMoney in for the period, with the change and a twelve-month mini chart\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMoney in against money out by month, with what is left over adding up\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStayed on budget: a tick or a cross for every month, and by how much\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlanned against spent, and how much of the plan was used\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWhere it went: spending by group, plus the five biggest categories\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eYour six biggest bills, taken from the Recurring tab\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWhere my money is: account balances, with card debt in red\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eBuilt simple on purpose\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis uses the same budget engine as the larger OPXVIA budget, with four tabs deliberately removed: no 50\/30\/20 split, no debt payoff calculator, no net worth statement and no no-spend challenge. If you outgrow it, the same engine runs the full version and nothing has to be entered again.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhat is inside\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTransactions:\u003c\/strong\u003e one list of 2,000 rows with a category, an account and a need, want or save flag. Everything else reads from it, which makes it a straightforward expense tracker.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eJanuary to December:\u003c\/strong\u003e a monthly budget tab for each month, totaled against your plan\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRecurring and Bill Calendar:\u003c\/strong\u003e 80 recurring bills entered once, laid out across the month\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIncome:\u003c\/strong\u003e 60 income lines\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAccounts:\u003c\/strong\u003e 20 accounts with balances and a net position\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAnnual Summary:\u003c\/strong\u003e all twelve months together\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSetup and Start Here:\u003c\/strong\u003e your categories, set once, and a guided start\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eLight and dark editions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eEvery download includes a light edition and a dark edition, with every tab restyled and the same formulas in both. Each comes filled with a worked year, 660 transactions, eight accounts and twenty recurring bills, and as a blank copy, in Excel and in Google Sheets. If you were after a budget Google Sheets file rather than Excel, it is included.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWorks with\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMicrosoft Excel 2016, 2019, 2021 and Microsoft 365, on Windows and Mac, and LibreOffice\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGoogle Sheets with a free Google account. The Google Sheets version is a real workbook you copy, not a PDF with a link in it.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNo dynamic arrays, no macros, no add-ins and no subscription\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhat you download\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLight edition: the Excel workbook filled with a worked example, and a blank one\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDark edition: the same two files in the dark design\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe instruction guide, with one-click links to the Google Sheets versions (light and dark, filled and blank)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe terms of use as a PDF\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003eYour files are ready the moment payment clears. The budget is for personal and business use on your own devices, so please do not share or resell the files. Questions? Reach us through our contact page.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDo I need Excel, or can I use Google Sheets?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eEither. The download has Excel workbooks for Excel 2016 or later on Windows and Mac, and the instruction guide has one-click links to copy the Google Sheets versions with a free Google account.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs this good for a first budget?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. It is built for beginners, with one transaction list, a tab for each month and a dashboard that fills itself. Extras like debt payoff and net worth are left out on purpose.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat if I want more features later?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe same engine runs the full OPXVIA budget, so you can move up later without entering anything again.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDo I have to enter my bills every month?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. Recurring bills go on their own tab once, and the bill calendar lays them out across the month.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the difference between the light and dark editions?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eOnly the look. Both use the same tabs and formulas, and both are included in every download.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"OPXVIA","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":67597867090014,"sku":"OPX-133","price":25.0,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0769\/2094\/6782\/files\/simple-budget-spreadsheet-beginners-01.jpg?v=1790832685"},{"product_id":"subscription-tracker-recurring-payments","title":"Subscription Tracker Spreadsheet","description":"\u003cp\u003eThis subscription tracker lists the recurring bills and subscriptions in your household and converts each one to what it costs you a year. It is for anyone who suspects they are paying for more than they use and wants to catch renewals before they happen.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePlease read:\u003c\/strong\u003e This is a tracker tool only, not financial, tax, legal, medical or any other professional advice or advisory service. It records and calculates what you enter; you are solely responsible for checking all figures, rates, dates and results and for every decision you make. By purchasing, downloading or using it, you accept these terms (your statutory consumer rights are not affected).\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eA year on every row\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eA small monthly charge and a larger yearly one cannot be compared until one of them is converted. The file does it for you: weekly times 52, monthly times 12, quarterly times four. With an annual cost on every row, and a monthly figure from the same total, you can finally see where the money goes.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eUsed lately, in three states\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eMark each subscription as used every week, sometimes or never. The never-used ones are totaled in money, and that money saving number often pays for the file in the first month.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eRenewals and cancel-by dates\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eSubscriptions renewing in the next 14 days are counted. Each also has its own cancel-by date, because the deadline to cancel is not always the renewal date. That makes it a renewal tracker as well as a subscription list.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e120 subscriptions across eleven categories, so streaming and software totals stay separate\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWeekly, monthly, quarterly or yearly billing\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAn annual cost on every row, converted, and a monthly figure from the same total\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRenewing in 14 days, counted\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA cancel-by date of its own\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNever used, totaled in money\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA Bills tab alongside the subscriptions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA Tasks tab for everything the main tab does not cover, and a dashboard reading all of it\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eSix connected tabs and a filled example\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eStart Here, Setup, Subscriptions, Bills, Tasks and Dashboard. The example copy holds 24 subscriptions, with eleven renewing inside two weeks and a sizable yearly sum going on things marked never used. The blank copy is ready for your own household bills, and the Start Here tab walks you through setup in a few minutes.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWorks with\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMicrosoft Excel 2016, 2019, 2021 and Microsoft 365, on Windows and Mac, and LibreOffice\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGoogle Sheets with a free Google account. The Google Sheets version is a real workbook you take a copy of, not a PDF with a link in it.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNo dynamic arrays, no macros, no add-ins and no subscription\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhat you download\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTwo Excel workbooks: the filled example and a blank one\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe instruction guide, with one-click links to the Google Sheets versions (filled and blank)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe terms of use as a PDF\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003eYour files are ready the moment payment clears, for personal and business use on your own devices. Please do not share or resell them. Questions? Use our contact page and we will help.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes it work in Excel and Google Sheets?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The Excel workbooks run on Excel 2016 or later on Windows and Mac, and the instruction guide has one-click links to copy the Google Sheets versions with a free Google account.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow does it compare monthly and yearly subscriptions?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt converts every payment to an annual cost: weekly times 52, monthly times 12 and quarterly times four, then shows a monthly figure from the same total.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWill it remind me before something renews?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt counts subscriptions renewing in the next 14 days on the dashboard, and each has its own cancel-by date. It does not send emails or notifications.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan I see what I am wasting?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. Mark each subscription as used every week, sometimes or never, and the never-used ones are totaled in money.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes it connect to my bank?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. You type in your subscriptions yourself. The file has no add-ins, no macros and nothing to connect.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"OPXVIA","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":67597870235742,"sku":"OPX-180","price":22.0,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0769\/2094\/6782\/files\/subscription-tracker-recurring-payments-01.jpg?v=1790832954"},{"product_id":"utility-bill-energy-usage-tracker","title":"Utility Bill and Energy Use Tracker Spreadsheet","description":"\u003cp\u003eThis utility bill tracker is for households that want to see what they actually use, not only what they are charged. You type each meter reading, and the workbook works out the usage between that reading and the last one from the same meter.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eA single reading tells you very little. The useful number is the difference between two of them, and that is what this file is built around.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePlease read:\u003c\/strong\u003e This is a tracker tool only, not financial, tax, legal, medical or any other professional advice or advisory service. It records and calculates what you enter; you are solely responsible for checking all figures, rates, dates and results and for every decision you make. By purchasing, downloading or using it, you accept these terms (your statutory consumer rights are not affected).\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhat the readings tab does\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUsage between readings:\u003c\/strong\u003e each reading is matched to the previous one from the same meter and subtracted, using formulas that open in Excel 2016 and in Google Sheets\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUnit rate and standing charge per reading:\u003c\/strong\u003e when the price changes mid-year, older rows still show what you were paying at the time\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eElectricity and gas split:\u003c\/strong\u003e two meters on one list, totaled separately, because they move in opposite directions over a year\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThe bill and the date you paid it\u003c\/strong\u003e on every row\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRoom for 300 readings across five fuel types\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eA countdown to the end of your fixed rate\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003ePut your tariff end date on Setup and the summary strip counts down the days, turning amber inside sixty days. A fixed deal rolling onto the standard rate is one of the most expensive things that can happen to household energy bills, so this fixed rate reminder is there to give you time to compare and switch.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eSix connected tabs\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStart Here and Setup:\u003c\/strong\u003e a guided start, your meters and your tariff end date\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReadings:\u003c\/strong\u003e the meter reading log, with usage worked out\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBills:\u003c\/strong\u003e the household bills beyond the meters\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTasks:\u003c\/strong\u003e switching, submitting a reading or chasing a credit\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDashboard:\u003c\/strong\u003e reads every tab, including electricity usage and gas over time\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eTwo years filled in\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe worked example holds 48 monthly readings from an electricity meter and a gas meter over two years, with the unit rate and standing charge on every row, the totals split by fuel, and a fixed tariff that ends in 55 days. A blank copy is ready for your own home.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWorks with\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMicrosoft Excel 2016, 2019, 2021 and Microsoft 365, on Windows and Mac, and LibreOffice\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGoogle Sheets with a free Google account. The Google Sheets version is a real workbook you make your own copy of, not a PDF with a link in it.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNo dynamic arrays, no macros, no add-ins and no subscription\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhat you download\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe Excel workbook filled with a worked example\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA blank Excel workbook ready for your own entries\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe instruction guide, which has one-click links to the Google Sheets versions (filled and blank)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe terms of use as a PDF\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003eYour files are ready to download as soon as payment clears, and the Start Here tab walks you through setup in a few minutes. The template is for personal and business use on your own devices, so please do not share or resell the files. Questions before or after you buy? Use our contact page and we will help.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDo I need Excel, or can I use Google Sheets?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eEither. You download Excel workbooks for Excel 2016 or later on Windows and Mac, and the instruction guide has one-click links to make your own copy in Google Sheets with a free Google account.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan I track electricity and gas together?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. Both meters go on one list, each reading is matched to the last one from the same meter, and the totals are kept separately.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat happens when my unit rate changes?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe unit rate and standing charge are recorded on each reading, so older rows keep the price you paid at the time.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow does the tariff reminder work?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYou enter the date your fixed tariff ends. The strip counts down the days and turns amber inside sixty days.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow many readings does it hold?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Readings tab has room for 300 readings across five fuel types.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"OPXVIA","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":67597870989406,"sku":"OPX-194","price":22.0,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0769\/2094\/6782\/files\/utility-bill-energy-usage-tracker-01.jpg?v=1790833033"},{"product_id":"maternity-leave-budget-planner","title":"Maternity and Parental Leave Budget Spreadsheet","description":"\u003cp\u003eThis maternity leave budget is for parents-to-be who know their leave pay rate but have not yet worked out what it means for the household. It models the pay week by week, shows how far short of normal pay each month falls, and sits on top of a full annual budget.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe pram and the cot are the easy part to plan. The harder part is income dropping sharply a few weeks in and staying low for months. This file puts that drop in numbers early enough to save for it.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePlease read:\u003c\/strong\u003e This is a tracker tool only, not financial, tax, legal, medical or any other professional advice or advisory service. It records and calculates what you enter; you are solely responsible for checking all figures, rates, dates and results and for every decision you make. By purchasing, downloading or using it, you accept these terms (your statutory consumer rights are not affected).\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eThe dashboard\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eNothing on the dashboard is typed. Choose the full year or one month and the cards, weeks and blocks follow.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMoney in\u003c\/strong\u003e, with a month-by-month mini chart\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePay, week by week:\u003c\/strong\u003e what every week of leave pays and how far short of normal pay it is\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThe leave at a glance:\u003c\/strong\u003e the whole leave as one bar, from the first day to the day back\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEssentials covered:\u003c\/strong\u003e money in against needs each month, with short months in soft red, and how many months were covered\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThe blocks:\u003c\/strong\u003e each block's weeks and weekly pay, and what the whole leave costs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWhat the leave costs:\u003c\/strong\u003e pay lost against normal pay, adding up month by month\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNeeds, wants, savings\u003c\/strong\u003e as the leave goes on, and the six biggest optional spends\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eLeave pay, block by block\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEach block of leave, for example weeks at 90%, then the statutory rate, then unpaid, with an employer top-up percentage on every block\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThree cells run the tab: weekly pay, the statutory rate and the month leave starts. The rate is a cell because it changes every April\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe shortfall per month and as a running total, which is the figure to save before leave begins\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCover against your essentials each month, colored red under 1.00\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eA full budget underneath\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eFifteen connected tabs: Start Here, Setup, Accounts, Income, Recurring, Transactions, Leave Pay, Bill Calendar, twelve monthly tabs that fill themselves from one transaction list, Annual Summary, Expense Breakdown, Sinking Funds for one-off baby costs, Savings Goals, a No-Spend tab for tight months, and the Dashboard. The worked example is a full year of leave split into four blocks, starting in April.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eLight and dark editions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eEvery download includes a light edition and a dark mode template edition. Every tab is restyled, not just the dashboard, and both use the same formulas. Each comes filled with a worked example and blank, in Excel and in Google Sheets, so you can plan your maternity pay and baby budget in whichever look suits you. It works just as well as a parental leave pay planner for any new parent.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWorks with\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMicrosoft Excel 2016, 2019, 2021 and Microsoft 365, on Windows and Mac, and LibreOffice\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGoogle Sheets with a free Google account. The Google Sheets version is a real workbook you make your own copy of, not a PDF with a link in it.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNo dynamic arrays, no macros, no add-ins and no subscription\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhat you download\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLight edition: the Excel workbook filled with a worked example, and a blank one\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDark edition: the same two files in the dark design\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe instruction guide, which has one-click links to the Google Sheets versions (light and dark, filled and blank)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe terms of use as a PDF\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003eYour files are ready to download as soon as payment clears. The template is for personal and business use on your own devices, so please do not share or resell the files. Questions before or after you buy? Use our contact page and we will help.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes it work in Excel and Google Sheets?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. You download Excel workbooks for Excel 2016 or later on Windows and Mac, and the instruction guide has one-click links to make your own copy in Google Sheets with a free Google account.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan I enter my employer's top-up?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. Leave is set up in blocks, and every block has its own employer top-up percentage.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat if the statutory rate changes?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe statutory rate is a single cell on the Leave Pay tab, so you update it once and everything recalculates.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs it only for maternity leave?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. You set the weekly pay, the blocks and the month leave starts, so it works for parental leave too.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the difference between the light and dark editions?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eOnly the look. Both have the same tabs and formulas, and both are included in every download.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"OPXVIA","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":67597871775838,"sku":"OPX-210","price":24.0,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0769\/2094\/6782\/files\/maternity-leave-budget-planner-01.jpg?v=1790833124"},{"product_id":"cash-stuffing-budget-tracker","title":"Cash Budget and Withdrawal Tracker Spreadsheet","description":"\u003cp\u003eThis cash stuffing tracker is for anyone who fills a binder of cash sleeves on payday and has stood at a cash machine trying to work out which bills to ask for. Plan each sleeve once and the workbook tells you what is spent, what is left and exactly what to withdraw.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003ePaper envelopes cannot solve one problem: the cash has to come out of a machine in bills that exist. This file does that arithmetic for you.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePlease read:\u003c\/strong\u003e This is a tracker tool only, not financial, tax, legal, medical or any other professional advice or advisory service. It records and calculates what you enter; you are solely responsible for checking all figures, rates, dates and results and for every decision you make. By purchasing, downloading or using it, you accept these terms (your statutory consumer rights are not affected).\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eThe dashboard\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eNothing on the dashboard is typed. Pick the whole binder or one sleeve and the cards, tiles and withdrawal slip follow.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCash in the binder:\u003c\/strong\u003e what went into the sleeves this month against your plan\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEvery sleeve:\u003c\/strong\u003e spent, left and anything spent beyond the cash\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThe binder:\u003c\/strong\u003e a tile per sleeve showing what is left, amber when nearly empty and red when empty\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSleeves to watch:\u003c\/strong\u003e the six furthest in, marked over, empty, low or on track\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTo draw out:\u003c\/strong\u003e the cash to ask the machine for, and how many bills that is\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThe withdrawal slip:\u003c\/strong\u003e how many 50s, 20s, 10s and 5s, and whether they cover every sleeve\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCash, month by month\u003c\/strong\u003e, where the cash goes by sleeve, and the six categories you paid for most in cash this year\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhat sets it apart\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eA withdrawal slip:\u003c\/strong\u003e the count of each bill, what it comes to and what you are short by when amounts do not divide evenly\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eA smallest bill per sleeve:\u003c\/strong\u003e groceries in fifties is a handful of bills, the same sleeve in fives is a thick stack, and this column decides which\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUsed as a percentage, amber at 90%:\u003c\/strong\u003e so the sleeve about to run out shows up early in the month\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRoom for 16 sleeves\u003c\/strong\u003e, each with a monthly amount, stuffed, spent and left, and what is left in the binder on the summary strip\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eStill a full budget underneath\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eCash only covers the spending categories, so the envelope system sits inside a complete budget with eleven connected tabs: Start Here, Setup, Accounts, Income, Transactions, Binder, twelve monthly tabs that fill themselves from one transaction list, Sinking Funds for the costs cash cannot cover, Annual Summary, Expense Breakdown and Dashboard. The worked example has twelve sleeves, from groceries down to a small buffer, with part of the month already spent and a slip that says which bills to draw.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eLight and dark editions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eEvery download includes a light edition and a dark edition. Every tab is restyled, not just the dashboard, and both use the same formulas. Each comes filled with a worked example and blank, in Excel and in Google Sheets, so your binder budget and cash envelope plan look the way you like. It suits cash stuffing alongside card spending and planned ATM withdrawals.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWorks with\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMicrosoft Excel 2016, 2019, 2021 and Microsoft 365, on Windows and Mac, and LibreOffice\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGoogle Sheets with a free Google account. The Google Sheets version is a real workbook you make your own copy of, not a PDF with a link in it.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNo dynamic arrays, no macros, no add-ins and no subscription\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhat you download\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLight edition: the Excel workbook filled with a worked example, and a blank one\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDark edition: the same two files in the dark design\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe instruction guide, which has one-click links to the Google Sheets versions (light and dark, filled and blank)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe terms of use as a PDF\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003eYour files are ready to download as soon as payment clears. The template is for personal and business use on your own devices, so please do not share or resell the files. Questions before or after you buy? Use our contact page and we will help.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan I use it in Google Sheets as well as Excel?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. You download Excel workbooks for Excel 2016 or later on Windows and Mac, and the instruction guide has one-click links to make your own copy in Google Sheets with a free Google account.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow does the withdrawal slip work?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eEach sleeve has a smallest bill you are willing to use. The slip turns your sleeves into a count of 50s, 20s, 10s and 5s, and shows any shortfall when the amounts do not divide into those bills.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow many sleeves can I have?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eUp to 16 sleeves, each with a monthly amount, what was stuffed, what was spent and what is left.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan I track card spending too?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. It is a full budget underneath, with transactions, twelve monthly tabs, sinking funds and an annual summary alongside the binder.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the difference between the light and dark editions?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eOnly the look. Both have the same tabs and formulas, and both are included in every download.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"OPXVIA","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":67597871808606,"sku":"OPX-211","price":20.0,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0769\/2094\/6782\/files\/cash-stuffing-budget-tracker-01.jpg?v=1790833129"},{"product_id":"credit-utilization-tracker","title":"Credit Score and Utilization Tracker Spreadsheet","description":"\u003cp\u003eThis credit utilization tracker is for anyone who has watched their credit score move and wondered which thing moved it. List each card with its credit limit, balance and statement day, and the workbook shows utilization per card and overall, and what to pay to bring each card down.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eA score is the result. Utilization is one of the inputs, and it is the one you can change within a month.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePlease read:\u003c\/strong\u003e This is a tracker tool only, not financial, tax, legal, medical or any other professional advice or advisory service. It records and calculates what you enter; you are solely responsible for checking all figures, rates, dates and results and for every decision you make. By purchasing, downloading or using it, you accept these terms (your statutory consumer rights are not affected).\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eThe dashboard\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eNothing on the dashboard is typed. Pick all cards or a single card and the cards, table and gauge follow.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOwed on cards:\u003c\/strong\u003e the balance on every card, or the card picked, with a mini chart\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUtilization gauge:\u003c\/strong\u003e what is owed against the limits, as a half ring\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThe score you logged:\u003c\/strong\u003e a tile a month with the change on the month before, and the latest score with the change since the first\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUtilization by month\u003c\/strong\u003e against the 30% line\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStatements coming up:\u003c\/strong\u003e every card's statement day, soonest first, with what is owed\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBalance against limit:\u003c\/strong\u003e each card within its 30% mark, past it, or not used\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCard spending\u003c\/strong\u003e each month from Transactions, and a ring of where the balances sit\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhat sets it apart\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUtilization per card and overall:\u003c\/strong\u003e red over 30% and green under 10%, with cards over 30% counted on the strip\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePay this to hit 30%:\u003c\/strong\u003e the amount, in money, for each card, which turns a percentage into an action\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDays until the statement cuts:\u003c\/strong\u003e amber inside five days, because the balance reported is usually the one on the statement date\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eA score history with the reason:\u003c\/strong\u003e month by month, with the change and a note such as opened a card or paid one off\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eInside the workbook\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eTen connected tabs: Start Here, Setup, Accounts, the Utilisation tab for up to 12 cards with limit, balance and statement day, Transactions, Debt Payoff, twelve monthly tabs, Annual Summary, Net Worth and Dashboard. The debt tracker sits alongside because interest still matters. The worked example has five cards at 28% overall with one card over its 30% mark, and a score history that climbs over nine months with a reason against each change.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eLight and dark editions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eEvery download includes a light edition and a dark edition. Every tab is restyled, not just the dashboard, and both use the same formulas. Each comes filled with a worked example and blank, in Excel and in Google Sheets, so your credit card tracker suits the screen you use for credit building.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWorks with\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMicrosoft Excel 2016, 2019, 2021 and Microsoft 365, on Windows and Mac, and LibreOffice\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGoogle Sheets with a free Google account. The Google Sheets version is a real workbook you make your own copy of, not a PDF with a link in it.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNo dynamic arrays, no macros, no add-ins and no subscription\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhat you download\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLight edition: the Excel workbook filled with a worked example, and a blank one\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDark edition: the same two files in the dark design\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe instruction guide, which has one-click links to the Google Sheets versions (light and dark, filled and blank)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe terms of use as a PDF\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003eYour files are ready to download as soon as payment clears. The template is for personal and business use on your own devices, so please do not share or resell the files. Questions before or after you buy? Use our contact page and we will help.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes it work in Excel and Google Sheets?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. You download Excel workbooks for Excel 2016 or later on Windows and Mac, and the instruction guide has one-click links to make your own copy in Google Sheets with a free Google account.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes it connect to my credit report or bank?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. You type your card limits, balances, statement days and the scores you see, and the workbook does the calculations.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow many credit cards can I track?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eUp to 12 cards, each with its credit limit, balance and statement day.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow does it tell me what to pay?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eFor each card it works out the payment needed to bring that card's utilization down to 30%, shown in money.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the difference between the light and dark editions?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eOnly the look. Both have the same tabs and formulas, and both are included in every download.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"OPXVIA","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":67597871841374,"sku":"OPX-212","price":22.0,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0769\/2094\/6782\/files\/credit-utilization-tracker-01.jpg?v=1790833135"},{"product_id":"expat-multi-currency-budget","title":"Expat and Multi-Currency Budget Spreadsheet","description":"\u003cp\u003eThis expat budget is for people paid in one currency and billed in another, who are tired of guessing at the rate in between. Every balance is converted into your home currency, and the workbook shows what the exchange rate did to your money over the year.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eManaging two currencies is not simply double the work. It is a different job, because the rate moves between the day you earn and the day you spend.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePlease read:\u003c\/strong\u003e This is a tracker tool only, not financial, tax, legal, medical or any other professional advice or advisory service. It records and calculates what you enter; you are solely responsible for checking all figures, rates, dates and results and for every decision you make. By purchasing, downloading or using it, you accept these terms (your statutory consumer rights are not affected).\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eThe dashboard\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eNothing on the dashboard is typed. Pick all currencies or just one and the holdings, cards and table follow.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHeld, at home:\u003c\/strong\u003e everything you hold, converted into your home currency, with each currency's share\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEarned and spent:\u003c\/strong\u003e pay earned abroad and spending at home, month by month\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIf the rate had held:\u003c\/strong\u003e the year as it went against the year at January's rate\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThe rate, month by month:\u003c\/strong\u003e what the rate paid or cost on each month's pay, and how far it moved, stronger or weaker\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRate you got against today:\u003c\/strong\u003e each currency at the rate you bought at and at today's\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEvery currency:\u003c\/strong\u003e amount, today's rate, value at home and what the rate did\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhat sets it apart\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEvery balance converted:\u003c\/strong\u003e up to 8 currencies, each at a rate you type against the rate you actually got, with the difference totaled. Rates are typed rather than fetched, so no add-in is needed\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWhat the rate did to your year:\u003c\/strong\u003e a column showing what each month would have come to at January's rate. The gap is often bigger than any single expense\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMonth by month in both:\u003c\/strong\u003e earned abroad, that month's exchange rate, earned at home, spent at home and left over\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eA full annual budget underneath:\u003c\/strong\u003e the currency tab is an addition, not the whole product\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eSixteen connected tabs\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eStart Here, Setup, Accounts, Income, Currencies, Recurring, Transactions, a Bill Calendar across both countries, twelve monthly tabs that fill themselves from one transaction list, Annual Summary, 50\/30\/20, Expense Breakdown, Sinking Funds, Savings Goals, Net Worth in the home currency, and the Dashboard. The worked example holds five currencies, including sterling, euros, US dollars and dirhams, with a year of foreign income converted at a drifting rate. It suits expats, overseas workers and any digital nomad who needs a proper multi currency annual budget.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eLight and dark editions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eEvery download includes a light edition and a dark edition. Every tab is restyled, not just the dashboard, and both use the same formulas. Each comes filled with a worked example and blank, in Excel and in Google Sheets.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWorks with\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMicrosoft Excel 2016, 2019, 2021 and Microsoft 365, on Windows and Mac, and LibreOffice\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGoogle Sheets with a free Google account. The Google Sheets version is a real workbook you make your own copy of, not a PDF with a link in it.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNo dynamic arrays, no macros, no add-ins and no subscription\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhat you download\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLight edition: the Excel workbook filled with a worked example, and a blank one\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDark edition: the same two files in the dark design\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe instruction guide, which has one-click links to the Google Sheets versions (light and dark, filled and blank)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe terms of use as a PDF\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003eYour files are ready to download as soon as payment clears. The template is for personal and business use on your own devices, so please do not share or resell the files. Questions before or after you buy? Use our contact page and we will help.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes it work in Excel and Google Sheets?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. You download Excel workbooks for Excel 2016 or later on Windows and Mac, and the instruction guide has one-click links to make your own copy in Google Sheets with a free Google account.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes it update exchange rates automatically?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. Rates are typed in, because a rate that updates itself needs an add-in and this file has none. You enter today's rate and the rate you actually got.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow many currencies can I track?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eUp to 8 currencies, each converted into one home currency.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan I see how much the exchange rate cost me?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The workbook totals what rate movements cost or paid, and shows what each month would have come to if January's rate had held.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the difference between the light and dark editions?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eOnly the look. Both have the same tabs and formulas, and both are included in every download.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"OPXVIA","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":67597871874142,"sku":"OPX-213","price":27.0,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0769\/2094\/6782\/files\/expat-multi-currency-budget-01.jpg?v=1790833141"},{"product_id":"roommate-bill-split-tracker","title":"Roommate Bill Split Tracker Spreadsheet","description":"\u003cp\u003eThis roommate bill split tracker is for shared houses and apartments where one person usually pays the rent and everyone else settles up later. Add the bills once, choose how each one is split, and the workbook shows every share and exactly who owes whom.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eSplitting the internet equally makes sense. Splitting the rent equally when one room is twice the size often does not. This file lets each bill follow its own rule.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePlease read:\u003c\/strong\u003e This is a tracker tool only, not financial, tax, legal, medical or any other professional advice or advisory service. It records and calculates what you enter; you are solely responsible for checking all figures, rates, dates and results and for every decision you make. By purchasing, downloading or using it, you accept these terms (your statutory consumer rights are not affected).\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eThe dashboard\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eNothing on the dashboard is typed. Pick everyone or one person and their share lights up everywhere.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBills a month:\u003c\/strong\u003e the household's bills, or one person's share of them\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEvery bill, split:\u003c\/strong\u003e each bill divided between roommates the way it should be\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSettling up:\u003c\/strong\u003e share, paid in, owes and is owed, for every person\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBills against income:\u003c\/strong\u003e how much of each person's income goes on the house\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThree ways to split:\u003c\/strong\u003e what equal, by income and by room would mean for each person\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWho pays what:\u003c\/strong\u003e each person's share of the month as a ring\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThe biggest bills:\u003c\/strong\u003e the six largest, with the chosen person's part highlighted\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhat sets it apart\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThree ways to split, chosen per bill:\u003c\/strong\u003e equal, by income or by room, from a dropdown on each bill\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eShares that move together:\u003c\/strong\u003e change one bill from equal to by room and every share recalculates, so the discussion is about the method rather than anyone's number\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eA settle-up that says who owes whom:\u003c\/strong\u003e each share against what was actually paid, with owes and is-owed in separate columns\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWhat has not gone out yet\u003c\/strong\u003e this month, on its own line\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eStill a full budget underneath\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eTwelve connected tabs: Start Here, Setup, Accounts, Income, Recurring, The Split, Transactions, Bill Calendar, twelve monthly tabs, Annual Summary, Expense Breakdown and Dashboard. It takes up to six roommates with their income and room size, and 16 shared bills, each split its own way, with what each person pays in total on the summary strip. The worked example is four people on eleven shared expenses, with the rent split by room, groceries by income and the rest equal, and one person owed for covering the rent. It works for a student house, a flatshare or any shared house where you need to split bills fairly.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eLight and dark editions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eEvery download includes a light edition and a dark edition. Every tab is restyled, not just the dashboard, and both use the same formulas. Each comes filled with a worked example and blank, in Excel and in Google Sheets, so the whole house can use the rent split in the version they like.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWorks with\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMicrosoft Excel 2016, 2019, 2021 and Microsoft 365, on Windows and Mac, and LibreOffice\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGoogle Sheets with a free Google account. The Google Sheets version is a real workbook you make your own copy of, not a PDF with a link in it.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNo dynamic arrays, no macros, no add-ins and no subscription\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhat you download\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLight edition: the Excel workbook filled with a worked example, and a blank one\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDark edition: the same two files in the dark design\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe instruction guide, which has one-click links to the Google Sheets versions (light and dark, filled and blank)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe terms of use as a PDF\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003eYour files are ready to download as soon as payment clears. The template is for personal and business use on your own devices, so please do not share or resell the files. Questions before or after you buy? Use our contact page and we will help.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan we use it in Google Sheets?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. You download Excel workbooks for Excel 2016 or later on Windows and Mac, and the instruction guide has one-click links to make your own copy in Google Sheets with a free Google account.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan different bills be split in different ways?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. Every bill has a dropdown for equal, by income or by room, and every share recalculates when you change it.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow many roommates and bills does it handle?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eUp to six roommates, each with their income and room size, and 16 shared bills.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow does it show who owes whom?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe settle-up compares each person's share with what they actually paid, with owes and is-owed in separate columns.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the difference between the light and dark editions?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eOnly the look. Both have the same tabs and formulas, and both are included in every download.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"OPXVIA","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":67597871939678,"sku":"OPX-214","price":20.0,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0769\/2094\/6782\/files\/roommate-bill-split-tracker-01.jpg?v=1790833147"},{"product_id":"no-spend-challenge-tracker","title":"No-Spend Challenge Tracker Spreadsheet","description":"\u003cp\u003eThis no spend challenge tracker is for anyone doing a no-spend month or a whole no-spend year who wants the streak counted for them. Mark each day with a Y or an N, and the workbook counts your days, your longest run and what all those days were worth.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eWhen a challenge ends, the number everyone mentions is the longest run they managed. A printed grid cannot work that out. This one does.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePlease read:\u003c\/strong\u003e This is a tracker tool only, not financial, tax, legal, medical or any other professional advice or advisory service. It records and calculates what you enter; you are solely responsible for checking all figures, rates, dates and results and for every decision you make. By purchasing, downloading or using it, you accept these terms (your statutory consumer rights are not affected).\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eThe dashboard\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eNothing on the dashboard is typed. Choose the full year or any month and the calendar, cards and charts follow.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNo-spend days:\u003c\/strong\u003e days you spent nothing beyond the bills, with a mini chart\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThe month, day by day:\u003c\/strong\u003e a no spend calendar of ticks for the month picked\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThe year in a strip:\u003c\/strong\u003e every month's no-spend days and its longest run\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWhat it saved:\u003c\/strong\u003e the value of the no-spend days, adding up through the year\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHardest day and by weekday:\u003c\/strong\u003e the weekday with the fewest no-spend days, and each weekday's share\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThe longest run\u003c\/strong\u003e, month by month\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWhere the spend days went:\u003c\/strong\u003e the biggest optional spends for the year or month\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhat sets it apart\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThe longest run, counted for you:\u003c\/strong\u003e it carries over the end of a month, so a streak from late January into February counts as one run\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDays a month does not have are grayed out\u003c\/strong\u003e and skipped, so February 30 is never counted as a slip\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWhat the days were worth:\u003c\/strong\u003e set what an ordinary day costs you and every day held becomes money, per month and for the year\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTwo charts on the grid tab:\u003c\/strong\u003e days held month by month, and the longest run as it stood each month\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eA full budget underneath\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe days you did spend still need somewhere to go, so the grid sits inside a full budget with eleven connected tabs: Start Here, Setup, No-Spend Grid, Accounts, Income, Recurring, Transactions, twelve monthly tabs, Annual Summary, Expense Breakdown and Dashboard. The worked example fills a full year of the no spend tracker: 179 no-spend days, 186 days spent, February the best month at 23 days, and a 13-day longest run from 25 January to 6 February. It works for a no buy challenge, a savings challenge or simple frugal living.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eLight and dark editions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eEvery download includes a light edition and a dark edition. Every tab is restyled, not just the dashboard, and both use the same formulas. Each comes filled with a worked example and blank, in Excel and in Google Sheets.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWorks with\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMicrosoft Excel 2016, 2019, 2021 and Microsoft 365, on Windows and Mac, and LibreOffice\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGoogle Sheets with a free Google account. The Google Sheets version is a real workbook you make your own copy of, not a PDF with a link in it.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNo dynamic arrays, no macros, no add-ins and no subscription\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhat you download\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLight edition: the Excel workbook filled with a worked example, and a blank one\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDark edition: the same two files in the dark design\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe instruction guide, which has one-click links to the Google Sheets versions (light and dark, filled and blank)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe terms of use as a PDF\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003eYour files are ready to download as soon as payment clears. The template is for personal and business use on your own devices, so please do not share or resell the files. Questions before or after you buy? Use our contact page and we will help.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes it work in Excel and Google Sheets?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. You download Excel workbooks for Excel 2016 or later on Windows and Mac, and the instruction guide has one-click links to make your own copy in Google Sheets with a free Google account.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes the streak carry over from one month to the next?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The longest run is counted across month ends, so a run from late January into February is counted as one.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow do I mark a day?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eChoose Y or N from a dropdown for each day of the twelve months. Days a month does not have are grayed out and skipped.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan I see how much I saved?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. Set what an ordinary day costs you and every no-spend day turns into money, per month and for the year.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the difference between the light and dark editions?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eOnly the look. Both have the same tabs and formulas, and both are included in every download.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"OPXVIA","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":67597871972446,"sku":"OPX-215","price":18.0,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0769\/2094\/6782\/files\/no-spend-challenge-tracker-01.jpg?v=1790833152"},{"product_id":"wedding-savings-tracker","title":"Wedding Savings Tracker Spreadsheet","description":"\u003cp\u003eThis wedding savings tracker is for couples who have set a date and a number and want to know, every month, whether they are saving enough. Enter the wedding date and when you started, and the workbook works out what each remaining month needs to find.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eMost wedding budget templates begin once the money is already in the bank. This one starts earlier, with the saving itself, and keeps track of vendor deposits along the way.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePlease read:\u003c\/strong\u003e This is a tracker tool only, not financial, tax, legal, medical or any other professional advice or advisory service. It records and calculates what you enter; you are solely responsible for checking all figures, rates, dates and results and for every decision you make. By purchasing, downloading or using it, you accept these terms (your statutory consumer rights are not affected).\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eThe dashboard\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eNothing on the dashboard is typed. Pick every category or one vendor and the budget and balances follow.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSaved so far:\u003c\/strong\u003e the wedding fund, with a month-by-month mini chart\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSaved against the path:\u003c\/strong\u003e the fund each month against the straight line to the day\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDays to go:\u003c\/strong\u003e a countdown to the wedding, and what is needed each month\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePut in each month:\u003c\/strong\u003e what went into the fund, and what is needed from here\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBalances coming due:\u003c\/strong\u003e the next vendor balances to pay, soonest first\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEvery vendor:\u003c\/strong\u003e deposit paid and balance still owed, vendor by vendor\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWhere the money goes:\u003c\/strong\u003e the budget by category, with each share as a percentage\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhat sets it apart\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eA date that drives the numbers:\u003c\/strong\u003e months left and the monthly figure come from the wedding date and the day you started saving\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAhead or behind, every month:\u003c\/strong\u003e what you have saved against the straight line to the full target by the month before the wedding, so a light month shows up straight away\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEvery vendor, paid and owed:\u003c\/strong\u003e 14 categories, each with a vendor, a budget, the deposit paid, the balance and its due date, plus what is left in the fund after deposits\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTwo charts on the fund tab:\u003c\/strong\u003e the fund against the path, and every vendor's paid and owed, across up to 24 months\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eA full budget underneath\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe rent still has to be paid while you save, so the savings goal sits inside a full budget with twelve connected tabs: Start Here, Setup, Wedding Fund, Accounts, Income, Recurring, Transactions, Bill Calendar, twelve monthly tabs, Annual Summary, Expense Breakdown and Dashboard. The worked example is a December wedding 23 months after saving began, with fourteen categories and deposits already paid. Eight months in, the fund is slightly behind the line, and the monthly figure needed has been raised to match. It shows a simple way to save for wedding costs without guessing.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eLight and dark editions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eEvery download includes a light edition and a dark edition. Every tab is restyled, not just the dashboard, and both use the same formulas. Each comes filled with a worked example and blank, in Excel and in Google Sheets.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWorks with\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMicrosoft Excel 2016, 2019, 2021 and Microsoft 365, on Windows and Mac, and LibreOffice\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGoogle Sheets with a free Google account. The Google Sheets version is a real workbook you make your own copy of, not a PDF with a link in it.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNo dynamic arrays, no macros, no add-ins and no subscription\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhat you download\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLight edition: the Excel workbook filled with a worked example, and a blank one\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDark edition: the same two files in the dark design\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe instruction guide, which has one-click links to the Google Sheets versions (light and dark, filled and blank)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe terms of use as a PDF\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003eYour files are ready to download as soon as payment clears. The template is for personal and business use on your own devices, so please do not share or resell the files. Questions before or after you buy? Use our contact page and we will help.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes it work in Excel and Google Sheets?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. You download Excel workbooks for Excel 2016 or later on Windows and Mac, and the instruction guide has one-click links to make your own copy in Google Sheets with a free Google account.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow does it work out what to save each month?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYou set the wedding date, the target and when you started saving. The tab works out how many months are left and what each one needs, and updates it if you fall behind.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan I track deposits paid to vendors?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. Each of the 14 categories has a vendor, a budget, the deposit paid, the balance still owed and when it is due.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow far ahead can I plan?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe fund is tracked for up to 24 months against the straight line to your wedding date.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the difference between the light and dark editions?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eOnly the look. Both have the same tabs and formulas, and both are included in every download.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"OPXVIA","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":67597872201822,"sku":"OPX-216","price":20.0,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0769\/2094\/6782\/files\/wedding-savings-tracker-01.jpg?v=1790833158"},{"product_id":"savings-rate-coast-fire-tracker","title":"Savings Rate and Coast Number Tracker Spreadsheet","description":"\u003cp\u003eThis savings rate tracker shows what share of your income you actually keep, month after month. Log one row a month with take-home pay, paycheck saving, spending and your invested balance, and your savings rate is worked out every month, over the last twelve and for every year.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePlease read:\u003c\/strong\u003e This is a tracker tool only, not financial, tax, legal, medical or any other professional advice or advisory service. It records and calculates what you enter; you are solely responsible for checking all figures, rates, dates and results and for every decision you make. By purchasing, downloading or using it, you accept these terms (your statutory consumer rights are not affected).\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eThe dashboard\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003ePick any of the last 24 months and the cards follow it.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eYour savings rate that month against your goal\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEvery month's savings rate with your goal drawn across\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEach month split into what you spent and what you kept\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eYour coast number against what you have invested, age by age\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHow far along you are to your coast number, on your own target\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eYour savings rate for each calendar year, and what is invested at the end of each month\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe months you kept the most, with your notes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eYour savings rate\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Months tab works out what you kept over what you earned, with money that went straight from your paycheck into a 401(k) counted as saving. Months at your goal are marked, and the Years tab gives the rate for every year. It is a simple savings spreadsheet for anyone serious about personal finance.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eThe coast number\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eFor anyone following coast fire, the Coast Number tab works out what you would need invested today for it to grow to your target by the age you retire, with nothing more added. Saving as you are, it projects your invested balance against the coast number year by year and shows the age they cross.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eIf you stopped today\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe file also shows what your current investments would grow to by retirement at the growth rate you set, age by age, all in today's money. Every figure rests on your own assumptions, so treat it as a savings planner for your retirement savings, not a forecast or advice.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eSix connected tabs\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eStart Here, Setup, Months, Coast Number, Years and Dashboard.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eLight and dark editions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eEvery download includes a light edition and a dark edition. Every tab is restyled, not only the dashboard, and both run on the same formulas, so you simply pick the look you prefer. Each edition comes filled with a worked example and as a blank copy, in Excel and in Google Sheets.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWorks with\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMicrosoft Excel 2016, 2019, 2021 and Microsoft 365, on Windows and Mac, and LibreOffice\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGoogle Sheets with a free Google account. The Google Sheets version is a real workbook you take a copy of, not a PDF with a link in it.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNo dynamic arrays, no macros, no add-ins and no subscription\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhat you download\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLight edition: the Excel workbook filled with a worked example (44 months of income, spending and savings), and a blank one\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDark edition: the same two files in the dark design\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe instruction guide, which has one-click links to the Google Sheets versions (light and dark, filled and blank)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe terms of use as a PDF\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003eYour files are ready to download as soon as payment clears. They are for personal and business use on your own devices, so please do not share or resell them. Questions before or after you buy? Use our contact page and we will help.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDo I need Excel, or can I use Google Sheets?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eEither. You get Excel workbooks for Excel 2016 or later on Windows or Mac, and the instruction guide has one-click links to copy the Google Sheets versions with a free Google account.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes it count my 401(k) contributions?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. Money that goes straight from your paycheck into a 401(k) is counted as saving in your savings rate.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the coast number?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is what you would need invested today for it to grow to your target by the age you retire, with nothing more added, using the growth rate you choose.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs the projection a promise of returns?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. Every rate is your own assumption, shown in today's money, and the file is a tracker, not a forecast or advice.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the difference between the light and dark editions?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eOnly the look. Every tab is restyled with the same formulas, and both editions come with every download.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"OPXVIA","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":67597876265054,"sku":"OPX-245","price":15.0,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0769\/2094\/6782\/files\/savings-rate-coast-fire-tracker-01.jpg?v=1790833328"},{"product_id":"haushaltsbuch-jahresbudget","title":"Haushaltsbuch Jahresbudget mit Dashboard","description":"\u003cp\u003eDieses Haushaltsbuch Excel auf Deutsch bringt dein ganzes Geldjahr in eine Datei. Du trägst jede Buchung einmal ein, und ein Dashboard zeigt dir, was reinkam, was rausging, wohin es ging und was du gespart hast. Gedacht für alle, die ihr Monatsbudget und das ganze Jahr im Blick haben wollen, ohne selbst Formeln zu bauen, als fertiger Haushaltsplaner für Excel und Google Tabellen.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBitte lesen:\u003c\/strong\u003e Dies ist ausschließlich ein Werkzeug zum Erfassen und Berechnen, keine Finanz-, Steuer-, Rechts-, medizinische oder sonstige fachliche Beratung oder Beratungsleistung. Es erfasst und berechnet, was du eingibst; du allein bist dafür verantwortlich, alle Zahlen, Zins- und Steuersätze, Termine und Ergebnisse zu prüfen, und für jede Entscheidung, die du triffst. Bitte lies diese Hinweise vor dem Kauf (deine gesetzlichen Verbraucherrechte bleiben unberührt).\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eDas Dashboard\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eAuf dem Dashboard trägst du nichts ein. Es füllt sich aus deinen Buchungen und rechnet neu, sobald du einen anderen Monat wählst.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFünf Live-Kennzahlen: Geld rein, Geld raus, gespart, übrig und Sparquote, jeweils mit Pfeil nach oben oder unten im Vergleich zum Vormonat\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMonat wählen: das ganze Jahr oder ein einzelner Monat, die ganze Seite zieht mit\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGeldfluss: Einnahmen gegen Ausgaben für jeden Monat, dazu was übrig bleibt\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWohin es ging: Ausgaben nach Gruppe, jeder Anteil in Prozent\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBudget gegen Ist: alles, was über dem Plan liegt, wird rot\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAusgaben pro Tag: jeder Tag des Monats farbig eingefärbt\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTop-Kategorien, Sparziele, Schulden, Nettovermögen und die 50-30-20-Regel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003e28 Blätter, alle miteinander verbunden\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eAlles rechnet mit denselben Buchungen. Du überträgst nie eine Zahl von Hand von einem Blatt ins nächste.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBuchungen:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2.000 Zeilen, einmal eintragen, und der Rest der Datei rechnet damit\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEinnahmen:\u003c\/strong\u003e mit Weihnachtsgeld, Urlaubsgeld und Kindergeld\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFixkosten und Zahlungskalender:\u003c\/strong\u003e Miete, Strom, Rundfunkbeitrag, Deutschlandticket und alles, was regelmäßig abgeht\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eZwölf Monatsblätter:\u003c\/strong\u003e Budget gegen Ist, farbig markiert\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eJahresübersicht und Ausgabenanalyse:\u003c\/strong\u003e das ganze Jahr auf einen Blick\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eKonten mit Stand:\u003c\/strong\u003e Girokonto, Tagesgeld, Kreditkarte und ETF-Depot\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eSparen und vorausplanen\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eNeben den Einnahmen und Ausgaben deckt der Budgetplaner auch die längerfristige Seite deiner Finanzen ab, wie ein kleiner Finanzplaner.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e50-30-20-Aufteilung in Bedarf, Wünsche und Sparen\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRücklagen für Ausgaben, die nur einmal im Jahr kommen\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSparziele, Schuldenabbau und Nettovermögen\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEine No-Spend-Challenge für Tage ohne Ausgaben\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e40 Kategorien, alle umbenennbar, und die ganze Datei übernimmt deine Namen\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFunktioniert mit\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMicrosoft Excel 2016, 2019, 2021 und Microsoft 365, unter Windows und Mac\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGoogle Sheets (Google Tabellen), kostenlos im Browser, auch auf Tablet und Handy\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKeine Makros, keine Add-ins, kein Abo\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEuro sowie deutsches Zahlen- und Datumsformat (1.234,56 € und 28.09.2026)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eDein Download\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eExcel-Datei mit einem ausgefüllten Beispieljahr, damit du sofort siehst, wie alles funktioniert\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLeere Excel-Datei, bereit für deine Zahlen\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAnleitung als PDF, Schritt für Schritt auf Deutsch, mit Ein-Klick-Links zu den Google-Sheets-Versionen (Beispiel und leer)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNutzungsbedingungen als PDF\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003eEs ist ein digitaler Download, es wird nichts verschickt. Die Datei ist für deinen eigenen Haushalt, Weiterverkauf und Weitergabe sind nicht erlaubt. Fragen vor oder nach dem Kauf? Schreib uns über unsere Kontaktseite, wir helfen dir gern.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eHäufige Fragen\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eBrauche ich Excel, oder geht auch Google Sheets?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eBeides geht. Im Download sind Excel-Dateien für Excel 2016 oder neuer unter Windows und Mac, und die Anleitung enthält Links, mit denen du dir mit einem Klick eine eigene Kopie in Google Sheets anlegst.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eKann ich Weihnachtsgeld und Kindergeld eintragen?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eJa. Das Blatt Einnahmen ist dafür vorbereitet und nimmt Weihnachtsgeld, Urlaubsgeld und Kindergeld neben deinem Gehalt auf.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eKann ich die Kategorien umbenennen?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eJa. Alle 40 Kategorien lassen sich umbenennen, und die ganze Datei übernimmt deine neuen Namen.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eMuss ich im Januar anfangen?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNein. Jeder Monat hat sein eigenes Blatt, und das Dashboard zeigt das ganze Jahr oder genau den Monat, den du wählst.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eRechnet die Datei in Euro und im deutschen Format?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eJa. Beträge stehen in Euro, Zahlen und Datum im deutschen Format, also 1.234,56 € und 28.09.2026.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"OPXVIA","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":67597878034526,"sku":"OPX-251","price":18.0,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0769\/2094\/6782\/files\/haushaltsbuch-jahresbudget-01.jpg?v=1790833364"},{"product_id":"einfaches-haushaltsbuch-excel","title":"Einfaches Haushaltsbuch für Einsteiger","description":"\u003cp\u003eDieses einfache Haushaltsbuch ist für alle, die zum ersten Mal ein Budget führen und keine Lust auf 30 Blätter und Fachbegriffe haben. Du trägst Datum, Kategorie und Betrag ein, und die Datei zeigt dir, ob du im Budget geblieben bist und wohin dein Geld gegangen ist.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBitte lesen:\u003c\/strong\u003e Dies ist ausschließlich ein Werkzeug zum Erfassen und Berechnen, keine Finanz-, Steuer-, Rechts-, medizinische oder sonstige fachliche Beratung oder Beratungsleistung. Es erfasst und berechnet, was du eingibst; du allein bist dafür verantwortlich, alle Zahlen, Zins- und Steuersätze, Termine und Ergebnisse zu prüfen, und für jede Entscheidung, die du triffst. Bitte lies diese Hinweise vor dem Kauf (deine gesetzlichen Verbraucherrechte bleiben unberührt).\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eDas Dashboard\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eAuf dem Dashboard musst du nichts eintragen. Es füllt sich aus deinen Buchungen, für einen Monat oder das ganze Jahr.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGeld rein und verbrauchtes Budget, mit Mini-Diagrammen über zwölf Monate\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIm Budget geblieben? Ein Haken oder ein Kreuz für jeden Monat\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGeplant gegen ausgegeben, Monat für Monat\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWohin es ging: deine Top-Kategorien und deine größten Rechnungen\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWo dein Geld ist: Kontostände, offene Kartenbeträge in Rot\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMonat wählen: ein einzelner Monat oder das ganze Jahr\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003e21 Blätter, ohne Fachchinesisch\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eDie Budget-Vorlage bleibt bewusst klein. Jedes Blatt hat eine Aufgabe, und alle sind miteinander verbunden.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStartseite:\u003c\/strong\u003e vier Schritte, dann läuft dein Monatsbudget\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBuchungen:\u003c\/strong\u003e Datum, Kategorie, Betrag, mehr musst du nie eintragen\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEinnahmen und Fixkosten:\u003c\/strong\u003e einmal eingetragen, jeden Monat wieder da\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eZahlungskalender:\u003c\/strong\u003e welche Rechnung an welchem Tag kommt\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eZwölf Monatsblätter und eine Jahresübersicht:\u003c\/strong\u003e füllen sich von allein\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eKonten:\u003c\/strong\u003e Girokonto, Tagesgeld und Kreditkarte an einem Ort\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFür Einsteiger gemacht\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eAls Budget für Einsteiger setzt die Datei auf klare Worte statt Finanzbegriffe. Du brauchst keine Formeln zu kennen: Der Ausgaben-Tracker rechnet alles für dich, und das ausgefüllte Beispieljahr zeigt dir, wie es am Ende aussieht.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFunktioniert mit\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMicrosoft Excel 2016, 2019, 2021 und Microsoft 365, unter Windows und Mac\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGoogle Sheets (Google Tabellen), kostenlos im Browser, auch auf Tablet und Handy\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKeine Makros, keine Add-ins, kein Abo\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEuro sowie deutsches Zahlen- und Datumsformat (1.234,56 € und 28.09.2026)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eDein Download\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eExcel-Datei mit einem ausgefüllten Beispieljahr, damit du sofort siehst, wie alles funktioniert\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLeere Excel-Datei, bereit für deine Zahlen\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAnleitung als PDF, Schritt für Schritt auf Deutsch, mit Ein-Klick-Links zu den Google-Sheets-Versionen (Beispiel und leer)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNutzungsbedingungen als PDF\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003eEs ist ein digitaler Download, es wird nichts verschickt. Die Datei ist für deinen eigenen Haushalt, Weiterverkauf und Weitergabe sind nicht erlaubt. Fragen vor oder nach dem Kauf? Schreib uns über unsere Kontaktseite, wir helfen dir gern.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eHäufige Fragen\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eBrauche ich Excel, oder geht auch Google Sheets?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eBeides geht. Im Download sind Excel-Dateien für Excel 2016 oder neuer unter Windows und Mac, und die Anleitung enthält Links, mit denen du dir mit einem Klick eine eigene Kopie in Google Sheets anlegst.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIch habe noch nie ein Budget geführt. Komme ich damit klar?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eJa, dafür ist es gemacht. Die Startseite führt dich in vier Schritten durch die Einrichtung, und danach trägst du nur noch Datum, Kategorie und Betrag ein.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eMuss ich Miete und andere Fixkosten jeden Monat neu eintragen?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNein. Einnahmen und Fixkosten trägst du einmal ein, und sie sind jeden Monat wieder da. Der Zahlungskalender zeigt dir, an welchem Tag welche Rechnung kommt.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWas ist der Unterschied zum Jahresbudget-Dashboard?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eDas einfache Haushaltsbuch hat 21 Blätter und nur das Wichtigste. Wer Sparquote, Schuldenabbau und Nettovermögen ausführlich planen will, ist mit dem großen Jahresbudget besser bedient.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eRechnet die Datei in Euro und im deutschen Format?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eJa. Beträge stehen in Euro, Zahlen und Datum im deutschen Format, also 1.234,56 € und 28.09.2026.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"OPXVIA","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":67597878067294,"sku":"OPX-252","price":9.0,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0769\/2094\/6782\/files\/einfaches-haushaltsbuch-excel-01.jpg?v=1790833369"},{"product_id":"umschlagmethode-sparchallenge","title":"Umschlagmethode und Spar-Challenges Planer","description":"\u003cp\u003eMit dieser Umschlagmethode als Tabelle behältst du dein Bargeld im Griff und machst aus dem Sparen ein Spiel. Du planst deine Umschläge, trägst ein, was du einlegst und ausgibst, und hakst nebenbei die 52-Wochen- oder die 100-Umschläge-Challenge ab. Für alle, die mit Cash Stuffing arbeiten oder damit anfangen wollen.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBitte lesen:\u003c\/strong\u003e Dies ist ausschließlich ein Werkzeug zum Erfassen und Berechnen, keine Finanz-, Steuer-, Rechts-, medizinische oder sonstige fachliche Beratung oder Beratungsleistung. Es erfasst und berechnet, was du eingibst; du allein bist dafür verantwortlich, alle Zahlen, Zins- und Steuersätze, Termine und Ergebnisse zu prüfen, und für jede Entscheidung, die du triffst. Bitte lies diese Hinweise vor dem Kauf (deine gesetzlichen Verbraucherrechte bleiben unberührt).\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eDas Dashboard\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eAuf dem Dashboard trägst du nichts ein. Es füllt sich aus deinen Einträgen und folgt dem Umschlag, den du wählst.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUmschlag wählen: alle Umschläge oder nur einen, die ganze Seite zieht mit\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEingelegtes Bargeld gegen deinen Plan, und was noch in den Umschlägen steckt\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDer Abhebungszettel: wie viele 50er, 20er, 10er und 5er du am Automaten holst\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eJeder Umschlag mit ausgegeben, übrig und drüber: fast leer wird gelb, leer wird rot\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBar ausgegeben, Monat für Monat, und wofür\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eDie Spar-Challenges\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eJede Sparchallenge ist als Raster zum Abhaken angelegt, so siehst du bei jedem Feld, wie weit du bist.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e52-Wochen-Challenge:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1.378 € im Jahr in Schritten von 1 €\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e100-Umschläge-Challenge:\u003c\/strong\u003e 10 mal 10 Felder, geschaffte Felder werden grün, zusammen 5.050 €\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeitere Challenges:\u003c\/strong\u003e No-Spend-Monat, Aufrunden, 5-€-Schein und Vorratsschrank\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDein eigener Schritt:\u003c\/strong\u003e in Euro, in Fünfern oder wie du willst\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003e24 Blätter, alle verbunden\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eNeben den Challenges ist der Sparplaner ein vollständiges Bargeld-Budget.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUmschläge mit Plan, eingelegt, ausgegeben und Rest\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSparziele und Rücklagen mit Zieldatum\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBuchungen, Monatsblätter und eine Jahresübersicht\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFunktioniert mit\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMicrosoft Excel 2016, 2019, 2021 und Microsoft 365, unter Windows und Mac\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGoogle Sheets (Google Tabellen), kostenlos im Browser, auch auf Tablet und Handy\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKeine Makros, keine Add-ins, kein Abo\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEuro sowie deutsches Zahlen- und Datumsformat (1.234,56 € und 28.09.2026)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eDein Download\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eExcel-Datei mit einem ausgefüllten Beispieljahr, damit du sofort siehst, wie alles funktioniert\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLeere Excel-Datei, bereit für deine Zahlen\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAnleitung als PDF, Schritt für Schritt auf Deutsch, mit Ein-Klick-Links zu den Google-Sheets-Versionen (Beispiel und leer)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNutzungsbedingungen als PDF\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003eEs ist ein digitaler Download, es wird nichts verschickt. Die Datei ist für deinen eigenen Haushalt, Weiterverkauf und Weitergabe sind nicht erlaubt. Fragen vor oder nach dem Kauf? Schreib uns über unsere Kontaktseite, wir helfen dir gern.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eHäufige Fragen\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eBrauche ich Excel, oder geht auch Google Sheets?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eBeides geht. Im Download sind Excel-Dateien für Excel 2016 oder neuer unter Windows und Mac, und die Anleitung enthält Links, mit denen du dir mit einem Klick eine eigene Kopie in Google Sheets anlegst.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWie viel spare ich mit der 52-Wochen-Challenge?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eIn der Grundeinstellung 1.378 € im Jahr, in Schritten von 1 € pro Woche. Du kannst aber auch einen eigenen Schritt festlegen, zum Beispiel in Fünfern.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWie funktioniert die 100-Umschläge-Challenge?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eDu hast 10 mal 10 Felder von 1 bis 100 €. Jedes geschaffte Feld wird grün, und wenn alle voll sind, hast du 5.050 € gespart.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHilft die Datei beim Geldabheben?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eJa. Der Abhebungszettel auf dem Dashboard rechnet aus, wie viele 50er, 20er, 10er und 5er du für deine Umschläge holen musst.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eRechnet die Datei in Euro und im deutschen Format?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eJa. Beträge stehen in Euro, Zahlen und Datum im deutschen Format, also 1.234,56 € und 28.09.2026.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"OPXVIA","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":67597878100062,"sku":"OPX-253","price":12.0,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0769\/2094\/6782\/files\/umschlagmethode-sparchallenge-01.jpg?v=1790833376"},{"product_id":"tilgungsplan-schuldenfrei","title":"Schuldenfrei Planer mit Tilgungsplan","description":"\u003cp\u003eMit diesem Tilgungsplan Excel auf Deutsch siehst du den Monat, in dem du schuldenfrei bist. Du trägst Dispo, Ratenkredit, Kreditkarte, Autokredit oder BAföG mit Betrag, Zins und Mindestrate ein, und die Datei rechnet aus, welche Schuld zuerst dran ist und wann die letzte weg ist.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBitte lesen:\u003c\/strong\u003e Dies ist ausschließlich ein Werkzeug zum Erfassen und Berechnen, keine Finanz-, Steuer-, Rechts-, medizinische oder sonstige fachliche Beratung oder Beratungsleistung. Es erfasst und berechnet, was du eingibst; du allein bist dafür verantwortlich, alle Zahlen, Zins- und Steuersätze, Termine und Ergebnisse zu prüfen, und für jede Entscheidung, die du triffst. Bitte lies diese Hinweise vor dem Kauf (deine gesetzlichen Verbraucherrechte bleiben unberührt).\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eDas Dashboard\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eAuf dem Dashboard trägst du nichts ein. Es füllt sich aus deinen Einträgen und folgt der Strategie, die du wählst.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStrategie wählen: dein eigener Plan, die Schneeball-Methode oder die Lawinen-Methode\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNoch offen, bisher bezahlt und dein Weg zur Schuldenfreiheit in Prozent\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSchuldenfrei am: der Monat, in dem die letzte Schuld getilgt ist\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGesparte Zinsen: was die Lawine gegenüber dem Schneeball spart, in Euro\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStand im Zeitverlauf: die geplante Tilgungskurve mit deinem tatsächlichen Stand darüber\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTilgungsreihenfolge und Zahlungen pro Monat gegen den Plan\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eZehn Blätter, alle verbunden\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eFür den Schuldenabbau brauchst du pro Schuld nur drei Angaben. Den Rest übernimmt der Schulden-Tracker.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSchulden:\u003c\/strong\u003e Betrag, Zins und Mindestrate, mehr nicht\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTilgungsplan:\u003c\/strong\u003e welche Schuld zuerst dran ist und wann jede einzelne weg ist\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSchneeball-Plan und Lawinen-Plan:\u003c\/strong\u003e jeder Monat bis zur letzten Rate\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVergleich:\u003c\/strong\u003e beide Strategien nebeneinander, der Zinsunterschied in Euro\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTilgungskalender:\u003c\/strong\u003e das Datum für jede Schuld\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eZahlungsprotokoll:\u003c\/strong\u003e was du wirklich zahlst, gegen den Plan\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eSchneller fertig mit einem Extra-Betrag\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eLege fest, wie viel du jeden Monat zusätzlich tilgen kannst. Erhöhst du den Betrag, siehst du sofort, wie viel früher du fertig bist. So wird auch das Ziel, den Dispo abzubauen, zu einem Datum statt zu einem vagen Vorsatz.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFunktioniert mit\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMicrosoft Excel 2016, 2019, 2021 und Microsoft 365, unter Windows und Mac\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGoogle Sheets (Google Tabellen), kostenlos im Browser, auch auf Tablet und Handy\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKeine Makros, keine Add-ins, kein Abo\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEuro sowie deutsches Zahlen- und Datumsformat (1.234,56 € und 28.09.2026)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eDein Download\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eExcel-Datei mit einem ausgefüllten Beispieljahr, damit du sofort siehst, wie alles funktioniert\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLeere Excel-Datei, bereit für deine Zahlen\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAnleitung als PDF, Schritt für Schritt auf Deutsch, mit Ein-Klick-Links zu den Google-Sheets-Versionen (Beispiel und leer)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNutzungsbedingungen als PDF\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003eEs ist ein digitaler Download, es wird nichts verschickt. Die Datei ist für deinen eigenen Haushalt, Weiterverkauf und Weitergabe sind nicht erlaubt. Fragen vor oder nach dem Kauf? Schreib uns über unsere Kontaktseite, wir helfen dir gern.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eHäufige Fragen\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eBrauche ich Excel, oder geht auch Google Sheets?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eBeides geht. Im Download sind Excel-Dateien für Excel 2016 oder neuer unter Windows und Mac, und die Anleitung enthält Links, mit denen du dir mit einem Klick eine eigene Kopie in Google Sheets anlegst.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWas ist der Unterschied zwischen Schneeball und Lawine?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eDie Datei rechnet beide Strategien mit deinen eigenen Schulden durch und stellt sie im Blatt Vergleich nebeneinander. Du siehst, wann du jeweils schuldenfrei bist und wie viel Zinsen die Lawine gegenüber dem Schneeball in Euro spart.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWelche Angaben brauche ich pro Schuld?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNur drei: den offenen Betrag, den Zins und die Mindestrate. Tilgungsplan, Kalender und Dashboard rechnen daraus alles Weitere.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eKann ich eintragen, was ich wirklich gezahlt habe?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eJa. Im Zahlungsprotokoll trägst du deine echten Zahlungen ein, und das Dashboard zeigt sie gegen den Plan.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWas bringt ein Extra-Betrag pro Monat?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eDu legst fest, wie viel du zusätzlich tilgen willst, und siehst sofort, wie viel früher du mit deinen Schulden fertig bist.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"OPXVIA","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":67597878198366,"sku":"OPX-254","price":12.0,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0769\/2094\/6782\/files\/tilgungsplan-schuldenfrei-01.jpg?v=1790833381"},{"product_id":"paar-budget-haushaltsbuch","title":"Paar-Budget Haushaltsbuch: Wer zahlt was","description":"\u003cp\u003eDieses Paar Budget ist für zwei Menschen mit zwei Einkommen und einem gemeinsamen Haushalt. Es teilt eure gemeinsamen Rechnungen fair auf und zeigt euch auf einem Dashboard, was reinkommt, was rausgeht und was ihr zusammen spart. Ein Haushaltsbuch für Paare, in dem die Frage, wer was zahlt, mit einer Zahl beantwortet ist.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBitte lesen:\u003c\/strong\u003e Dies ist ausschließlich ein Werkzeug zum Erfassen und Berechnen, keine Finanz-, Steuer-, Rechts-, medizinische oder sonstige fachliche Beratung oder Beratungsleistung. Es erfasst und berechnet, was du eingibst; du allein bist dafür verantwortlich, alle Zahlen, Zins- und Steuersätze, Termine und Ergebnisse zu prüfen, und für jede Entscheidung, die du triffst. Bitte lies diese Hinweise vor dem Kauf (deine gesetzlichen Verbraucherrechte bleiben unberührt).\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWer zahlt was\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eIhr tragt eure Namen einmal ein. Die Anteile kommen direkt aus euren Einnahmen, ihr müsst nichts von Hand ausrechnen.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGemeinsame Rechnungen aufgeteilt nach Einkommen, 50\/50 oder nach eurem eigenen Schlüssel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eZwei Einkommen pro Monat: jeder von euch einzeln, und was gemeinsam reinkam\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eDas Dashboard\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eAuf dem Dashboard müsst ihr nichts eintragen. Es füllt sich aus euren Buchungen, für das ganze Jahr oder einen einzelnen Monat.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFünf Live-Kennzahlen: Geld rein, Geld raus, gespart, übrig und Sparquote\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGeldfluss Monat für Monat und eure Top-Kategorien\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSparziele, Nettovermögen und die 50-30-20-Regel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMonat wählen: ganzes Jahr oder ein Monat\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003e29 Blätter, alle verbunden\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eEure gemeinsamen Finanzen an einem Ort, vom Monatsbudget bis zum langfristigen Sparplaner.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBuchungen:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2.000 Zeilen für euch beide\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEinnahmen:\u003c\/strong\u003e mit Weihnachts- und Urlaubsgeld\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFixkosten und Zahlungskalender:\u003c\/strong\u003e was regelmäßig abgeht und wann\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eZwölf Monatsblätter, Jahresübersicht und Ausgabenanalyse\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGemeinsame Sparziele, Rücklagen, Schuldenabbau und Nettovermögen\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFunktioniert mit\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMicrosoft Excel 2016, 2019, 2021 und Microsoft 365, unter Windows und Mac\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGoogle Sheets (Google Tabellen), kostenlos im Browser, auch auf Tablet und Handy\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKeine Makros, keine Add-ins, kein Abo\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEuro sowie deutsches Zahlen- und Datumsformat (1.234,56 € und 28.09.2026)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eEuer Download\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eExcel-Datei mit einem ausgefüllten Beispieljahr, damit ihr sofort seht, wie alles funktioniert\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLeere Excel-Datei, bereit für eure Zahlen\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAnleitung als PDF, Schritt für Schritt auf Deutsch, mit Ein-Klick-Links zu den Google-Sheets-Versionen (Beispiel und leer)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNutzungsbedingungen als PDF\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003eEs ist ein digitaler Download, es wird nichts verschickt. Die Datei ist für euren eigenen Haushalt, Weiterverkauf und Weitergabe sind nicht erlaubt. Fragen vor oder nach dem Kauf? Schreibt uns über unsere Kontaktseite, wir helfen euch gern.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eHäufige Fragen\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eBrauchen wir Excel, oder geht auch Google Sheets?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eBeides geht. Im Download sind Excel-Dateien für Excel 2016 oder neuer unter Windows und Mac, und die Anleitung enthält Links, mit denen ihr euch mit einem Klick eine eigene Kopie in Google Sheets anlegt. In Google Sheets könnt ihr beide in derselben Datei arbeiten.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWie werden die gemeinsamen Kosten aufgeteilt?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eIhr wählt: nach Einkommen, 50\/50 oder nach eurem eigenen Schlüssel. Die Anteile kommen direkt aus dem Blatt Einnahmen.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSehen wir unsere Einkommen getrennt?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eJa. Das Dashboard zeigt pro Monat das Einkommen von jedem von euch und was gemeinsam reinkam.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eKönnen wir gemeinsam auf etwas sparen?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eJa. Es gibt gemeinsame Sparziele und Rücklagen, dazu Schuldenabbau und Nettovermögen.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eRechnet die Datei in Euro und im deutschen Format?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eJa. Beträge stehen in Euro, Zahlen und Datum im deutschen Format, also 1.234,56 € und 28.09.2026.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"OPXVIA","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":67597878296670,"sku":"OPX-255","price":15.0,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0769\/2094\/6782\/files\/paar-budget-haushaltsbuch-01.jpg?v=1790833387"},{"product_id":"teacher-planner-lesson-plans","title":"Teacher Planner Spreadsheet with Lesson Plans","description":"\u003cp\u003eThis teacher planner is built around one idea: you type your timetable once and every week plans itself. It is for classroom teachers who want their bell schedule, lesson plans, dated calendars and class list in one workbook, with a dashboard that shows the week on a single page.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePlease read:\u003c\/strong\u003e This is a tracker tool only, not financial, tax, legal, medical or any other professional advice or advisory service. It records and calculates what you enter; you are solely responsible for checking all figures, rates, dates and results and for every decision you make. By purchasing, downloading or using it, you accept these terms (your statutory consumer rights are not affected).\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eThe dashboard\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003ePick this week or any week of the school year, and the whole page follows. Nothing on it is typed.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFive live cards: lessons planned against your timetable, lessons taught, to-dos this week, days to the next break and birthdays this month\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLessons by class, each class in its own color, with what is still to plan in gray\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe week's plans: taught, planned, moved and not planned yet\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe day's schedule period by period, ticked when taught\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLessons planned against your timetable, week by week for the whole year\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe next eight events and days off, to-dos with late ones first, and birthdays coming up\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe week you are in, school days done and how far through each term you are\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eA timetable that fills the week\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eSet a bell schedule of up to 10 periods with start and end times, and up to 10 classes or subjects, each with a room and one of eight pastel colors. Pick a class for each period once, and the Weekly Plan, Week by Class, Week List, Daily Plan and Sub Plans fill themselves from that class schedule. Each class keeps its color everywhere it appears.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eDated calendars for any school year\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eType your first and last day of school, with an August, September or January start, this year or any year. Calendars start on Monday or Sunday, school weeks run Mon to Fri or Sun to Thu, and A\/B week timetables are built in. Year at a Glance, Month and Calendar Checklist turn that into a dated teacher calendar, with days off, tests, events and birthdays in their own colors.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eLesson plans, the week and the day\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLesson Plans: a lesson plan template with date, period, class, topic, objective or standard, activities, materials, homework and status, up to 1,500 lessons (800 in Google Sheets)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWeekly Plan, Week by Class and a printable Week List\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDaily Plan for any date, with the to-dos due and still open\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSub Plans: a one-page plan for your substitute with routines, seating and the day's lessons pulled in\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eEverything else a school year planner needs\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTo-Do list marked overdue, due today or due soon, and Events for tests, field trips and meetings\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eClass List of up to 200 students (120 in Google Sheets) with birthdays and a parent or guardian contact\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e89 teacher stickers we drew ourselves, to copy and paste anywhere\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFormulas locked against typing over by mistake (no password), and every tab set up to print\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003eThat is 18 connected tabs in all.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWorks with\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMicrosoft Excel 2016, 2019, 2021 and Microsoft 365, on Windows and Mac\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGoogle Sheets with a free Google account. The Google Sheets version is a real workbook you take a copy of, not a PDF with a link in it.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNo dynamic arrays, no macros, no add-ins and no subscription\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhat you download\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe Excel workbook, filled with a worked example: a middle-school teacher's year with six classes, five weeks of lesson plans and 28 students\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe same workbook, blank and ready for yours\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe instruction guide, which has one-click links to the Google Sheets versions (filled and blank)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe terms of use as a PDF\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003eYour files are ready to download as soon as payment clears. They are for your own teaching, on your own devices, so please do not share or resell them. Questions before or after you buy? Use our contact page and we will help.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes it work in Excel and Google Sheets?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. It works in Excel 2016 or newer on Mac or Windows, and the instruction guide has one-click links to copy the Google Sheets versions with a free Google account. The Google Sheets version holds 800 lessons and 120 students.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan I use it for any school year?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. Type your first and last day of school, with an August, September or January start, and the calendars date themselves for that year.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes it handle A\/B week timetables?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. A\/B weeks are built in, and school weeks can run Monday to Friday or Sunday to Thursday.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow many classes and periods can I set up?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eUp to 10 periods in the bell schedule and up to 10 classes or subjects, each with its own room and color.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs there a plan for substitutes?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. Sub Plans gives a one-page plan with routines, where things are, seating, students to know, who to ask and the day's lessons pulled in for you.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"OPXVIA","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":67597878526046,"sku":"OPX-256","price":22.0,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0769\/2094\/6782\/files\/teacher-planner-lesson-plans-01.jpg?v=1790833393"},{"product_id":"presupuesto-anual-excel","title":"Presupuesto Anual con Panel de Control","description":"\u003cp\u003eEsta plantilla de presupuesto anual Excel reúne todo tu año de dinero en un solo archivo. Apuntas cada movimiento una vez y un panel te muestra lo que entró, lo que salió, en qué se fue y cuánto ahorraste. Pensada para quien quiere llevar el presupuesto mensual y el del año entero sin montar fórmulas por su cuenta.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLéeme:\u003c\/strong\u003e Esto es solo una herramienta de registro y cálculo, no un asesoramiento financiero, fiscal, legal, médico ni profesional de ningún otro tipo, ni un servicio de asesoría. Registra y calcula lo que introduces; solo tú eres responsable de comprobar todas las cifras, tipos de interés, fechas y resultados, y de cada decisión que tomes. Al comprarla, descargarla o usarla, aceptas estas condiciones (tus derechos legales como consumidor no se ven afectados).\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eEl panel\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eEn el panel no se escribe nada. Se rellena solo con tus movimientos y se recalcula en cuanto eliges otro mes.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCinco indicadores en vivo: entradas, salidas, ahorro, sobrante y tasa de ahorro, cada uno con una flecha arriba o abajo frente al mes anterior\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eElige el mes: el año completo o un solo mes, y toda la página se recalcula\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFlujo de dinero: ingresos frente a gastos cada mes, y lo que sobra\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEn qué se fue: el gasto por grupo, con el porcentaje de cada uno\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePresupuesto frente a real: si te pasas, se pone en rojo\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGasto diario: cada día del mes, coloreado\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCategorías principales, metas de ahorro, deudas, patrimonio neto y la regla 50-30-20\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003e28 hojas, todas conectadas\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eTodo se calcula a partir de los mismos movimientos, así que nunca copias una cifra de una hoja a otra.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMovimientos:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2.000 filas; lo apuntas una vez y el resto del archivo trabaja con ello\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIngresos:\u003c\/strong\u003e con las pagas extra de junio y diciembre y la devolución de Hacienda\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGastos fijos y calendario de pagos:\u003c\/strong\u003e alquiler, luz, gas, agua, abono transporte, seguro de hogar y todo lo que se repite\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDoce hojas mensuales:\u003c\/strong\u003e presupuesto frente a real, con colores\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eResumen anual y análisis de gastos:\u003c\/strong\u003e el año entero de un vistazo\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCuentas con su saldo:\u003c\/strong\u003e cuenta corriente, cuenta conjunta, tarjeta y fondo indexado\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eAhorrar y planificar\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eAdemás del control de gastos e ingresos del día a día, el archivo cubre la parte a largo plazo de tus finanzas personales.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReparto 50-30-20 entre necesidades, deseos y ahorro\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFondos de reserva para los gastos que llegan una vez al año\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMetas de ahorro, pago de deudas y patrimonio neto\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUn reto sin gastos para marcar los días en que no gastas nada\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e40 categorías, todas con nombre editable, y el archivo entero se adapta a tus nombres\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFunciona con\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMicrosoft Excel 2016, 2019, 2021 y Microsoft 365, en Windows y Mac\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGoogle Sheets, gratis en el navegador, también en tablet y móvil\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSin macros, sin complementos, sin suscripción\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEuros, con números y fechas al estilo español (1.234,56 € y 28\/09\/2026)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eTu descarga\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eArchivo de Excel con un año de ejemplo ya relleno, para que veas al momento cómo funciona todo\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eArchivo de Excel en blanco, listo para tus cifras\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGuía de uso en PDF, paso a paso y en español, con enlaces de un clic a las versiones de Google Sheets (ejemplo y en blanco)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCondiciones de uso en PDF\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003eEs una descarga digital: no se envía nada físico. El archivo es para tu propio hogar y no está permitido revenderlo ni compartirlo. ¿Dudas antes o después de comprar? Escríbenos desde nuestra página de contacto y te ayudamos.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003ePreguntas frecuentes\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003e¿Necesito Excel o puedo usar Google Sheets?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003ePuedes usar cualquiera de los dos. La descarga incluye archivos para Excel 2016 o posterior en Windows y Mac, y la guía tiene enlaces para hacer tu propia copia en Google Sheets con un clic.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003e¿Puedo apuntar las pagas extra y la devolución de Hacienda?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eSí. La hoja de ingresos ya contempla las pagas extra de junio y diciembre y la devolución de Hacienda, además de tu sueldo.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003e¿Puedo cambiar el nombre de las categorías?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eSí. Las 40 categorías tienen nombre editable y todo el archivo se adapta a los nombres que elijas.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003e¿Tengo que empezar en enero?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. Cada mes tiene su propia hoja y el panel te muestra el año completo o el mes que elijas.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003e¿Usa euros y el formato español?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eSí. Los importes están en euros y los números y fechas siguen el estilo español, como 1.234,56 € y 28\/09\/2026.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"OPXVIA","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":67597878558814,"sku":"OPX-257","price":18.0,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0769\/2094\/6782\/files\/presupuesto-anual-excel-01.jpg?v=1790833400"},{"product_id":"presupuesto-mensual-sencillo","title":"Presupuesto Mensual Sencillo para Empezar","description":"\u003cp\u003eEste presupuesto sencillo es para quien hace su primer presupuesto y no quiere pelearse con 30 hojas ni con tecnicismos. Apuntas la fecha, la categoría y el importe, y el archivo te dice si te has ceñido al presupuesto y en qué se ha ido tu dinero.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLéeme:\u003c\/strong\u003e Esto es solo una herramienta de registro y cálculo, no un asesoramiento financiero, fiscal, legal, médico ni profesional de ningún otro tipo, ni un servicio de asesoría. Registra y calcula lo que introduces; solo tú eres responsable de comprobar todas las cifras, tipos de interés, fechas y resultados, y de cada decisión que tomes. Al comprarla, descargarla o usarla, aceptas estas condiciones (tus derechos legales como consumidor no se ven afectados).\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eEl panel\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eEn el panel no se escribe nada. Se rellena solo con tus movimientos, para un mes o para el año entero.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e¿Me he ceñido al presupuesto? Una marca de sí o de no para cada mes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLo previsto frente a lo gastado, mes a mes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEn qué se fue: las categorías principales y tus recibos más grandes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDónde está mi dinero: los saldos de las cuentas y la deuda de las tarjetas, en rojo\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eElige el mes: un mes o el año entero\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003e21 hojas, sin tecnicismos\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eLa plantilla de presupuesto es pequeña a propósito. Cada hoja tiene una tarea y todas están conectadas entre sí.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePágina de inicio:\u003c\/strong\u003e siete pasos claros, uno detrás de otro\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMovimientos:\u003c\/strong\u003e fecha, categoría e importe; no tienes que apuntar nada más\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIngresos y gastos fijos:\u003c\/strong\u003e los apuntas una vez y están ahí todos los meses\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCalendario de pagos:\u003c\/strong\u003e qué recibo llega cada día\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDoce hojas mensuales y un resumen anual:\u003c\/strong\u003e se rellenan solos\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCuentas:\u003c\/strong\u003e cuenta corriente, ahorro y tarjeta en un solo sitio\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003ePensado para empezar\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eEl archivo usa palabras claras en lugar de jerga financiera. No necesitas saber de fórmulas: la hoja de cálculo hace las cuentas por ti, y el año de ejemplo ya relleno te enseña cómo se ve tu control de gastos cuando está en marcha. Así tus gastos mensuales dejan de ser una sorpresa.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFunciona con\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMicrosoft Excel 2016, 2019, 2021 y Microsoft 365, en Windows y Mac\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGoogle Sheets, gratis en el navegador, también en tablet y móvil\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSin macros, sin complementos, sin suscripción\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEuros, con números y fechas al estilo español (1.234,56 € y 28\/09\/2026)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eTu descarga\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eArchivo de Excel con un año de ejemplo ya relleno, para que veas al momento cómo funciona todo\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eArchivo de Excel en blanco, listo para tus cifras\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGuía de uso en PDF, paso a paso y en español, con enlaces de un clic a las versiones de Google Sheets (ejemplo y en blanco)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCondiciones de uso en PDF\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003eEs una descarga digital: no se envía nada físico. El archivo es para tu propio hogar y no está permitido revenderlo ni compartirlo. ¿Dudas antes o después de comprar? Escríbenos desde nuestra página de contacto y te ayudamos.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003ePreguntas frecuentes\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003e¿Necesito Excel o puedo usar Google Sheets?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003ePuedes usar cualquiera de los dos. La descarga incluye archivos para Excel 2016 o posterior en Windows y Mac, y la guía tiene enlaces para hacer tu propia copia en Google Sheets con un clic.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eNunca he hecho un presupuesto. ¿Me sirve?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eSí, está hecho para eso. La página de inicio te guía en siete pasos y después solo apuntas la fecha, la categoría y el importe de cada gasto.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003e¿Tengo que apuntar el alquiler y los recibos cada mes?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. Los ingresos y gastos fijos los apuntas una vez y aparecen todos los meses. El calendario de pagos te muestra qué recibo llega cada día.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003e¿Veo cuánto debo en las tarjetas?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eSí. El panel muestra los saldos de tus cuentas y la deuda de las tarjetas, en rojo.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003e¿Usa euros y el formato español?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eSí. Los importes están en euros y los números y fechas siguen el estilo español, como 1.234,56 € y 28\/09\/2026.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"OPXVIA","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":67597878591582,"sku":"OPX-258","price":9.0,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0769\/2094\/6782\/files\/presupuesto-mensual-sencillo-01.jpg?v=1790833405"},{"product_id":"metodo-de-sobres-ahorro","title":"Método de los Sobres y Retos de Ahorro","description":"\u003cp\u003eEsta plantilla del método de sobres te ayuda a tener el efectivo bajo control y a ahorrar con ganas. Planificas tus sobres, apuntas lo que metes y lo que gastas, y de paso vas marcando el reto de las 52 semanas o el de los 100 sobres. Para quien ya hace cash stuffing o quiere empezar.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLéeme:\u003c\/strong\u003e Esto es solo una herramienta de registro y cálculo, no un asesoramiento financiero, fiscal, legal, médico ni profesional de ningún otro tipo, ni un servicio de asesoría. Registra y calcula lo que introduces; solo tú eres responsable de comprobar todas las cifras, tipos de interés, fechas y resultados, y de cada decisión que tomes. Al comprarla, descargarla o usarla, aceptas estas condiciones (tus derechos legales como consumidor no se ven afectados).\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eEl panel\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eEn el panel no se escribe nada. Se rellena solo con lo que apuntas.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEl efectivo metido en los sobres frente a tu plan, y lo que queda dentro\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLa hoja de retirada: cuántos billetes de 50, 20, 10 y 5 € sacar del cajero\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCada sobre con lo gastado, lo que queda y el exceso: casi vacío en amarillo, vacío en rojo\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEl efectivo gastado mes a mes, y en qué se fue\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eLos retos de ahorro\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eCada reto de ahorro está en una cuadrícula para marcar, así ves en cada casilla cuánto llevas.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReto de las 52 semanas:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1.378 € en un año, de euro en euro\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReto de los 100 sobres:\u003c\/strong\u003e 100 casillas que se ponen en verde al conseguirlas, 5.050 € en total\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMás retos:\u003c\/strong\u003e mes sin gastos, redondeo, billete de 5 € y reto de la despensa\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTu propio paso:\u003c\/strong\u003e de euro en euro, de 5 en 5 € o como quieras\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003e24 hojas, todas conectadas\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eAdemás de los retos, el archivo es un presupuesto completo en efectivo con sus sobres de ahorro.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSobres con su plan, lo metido, lo gastado y lo que queda\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMetas de ahorro y fondos de reserva con fecha\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMovimientos, hojas mensuales y resumen anual\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFunciona con\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMicrosoft Excel 2016, 2019, 2021 y Microsoft 365, en Windows y Mac\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGoogle Sheets, gratis en el navegador, también en tablet y móvil\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSin macros, sin complementos, sin suscripción\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEuros, con números y fechas al estilo español (1.234,56 € y 28\/09\/2026)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eTu descarga\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eArchivo de Excel con un año de ejemplo ya relleno, para que veas al momento cómo funciona todo\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eArchivo de Excel en blanco, listo para tus cifras\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGuía de uso en PDF, paso a paso y en español, con enlaces de un clic a las versiones de Google Sheets (ejemplo y en blanco)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCondiciones de uso en PDF\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003eEs una descarga digital: no se envía nada físico. El archivo es para tu propio hogar y no está permitido revenderlo ni compartirlo. ¿Dudas antes o después de comprar? Escríbenos desde nuestra página de contacto y te ayudamos.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003ePreguntas frecuentes\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003e¿Necesito Excel o puedo usar Google Sheets?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003ePuedes usar cualquiera de los dos. La descarga incluye archivos para Excel 2016 o posterior en Windows y Mac, y la guía tiene enlaces para hacer tu propia copia en Google Sheets con un clic.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003e¿Cuánto ahorro con el reto de las 52 semanas?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eCon el paso de euro en euro, 1.378 € en un año. También puedes poner tu propio paso, por ejemplo de 5 en 5 €.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003e¿Cómo funciona el reto de los 100 sobres?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eTienes 100 casillas para marcar. Cada una que consigues se pone en verde, y al completarlas todas habrás ahorrado 5.050 €.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003e¿Me ayuda a saber qué billetes sacar del cajero?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eSí. La hoja de retirada calcula cuántos billetes de 50, 20, 10 y 5 € necesitas para llenar tus sobres.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003e¿Usa euros y el formato español?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eSí. Los importes están en euros y los números y fechas siguen el estilo español, como 1.234,56 € y 28\/09\/2026.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"OPXVIA","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":67597878624350,"sku":"OPX-259","price":12.0,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0769\/2094\/6782\/files\/metodo-de-sobres-ahorro-01.jpg?v=1790833411"},{"product_id":"salir-de-deudas-plan","title":"Plan para Salir de Deudas: Bola de Nieve","description":"\u003cp\u003eEsta plantilla para salir de deudas te enseña el mes en que te quedas sin deudas. Apuntas la tarjeta revolving, el préstamo personal, el del coche o las compras a plazos con su saldo, interés y cuota mínima, y el archivo calcula qué deuda va primero y cuándo desaparece la última.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLéeme:\u003c\/strong\u003e Esto es solo una herramienta de registro y cálculo, no un asesoramiento financiero, fiscal, legal, médico ni profesional de ningún otro tipo, ni un servicio de asesoría. Registra y calcula lo que introduces; solo tú eres responsable de comprobar todas las cifras, tipos de interés, fechas y resultados, y de cada decisión que tomes. Al comprarla, descargarla o usarla, aceptas estas condiciones (tus derechos legales como consumidor no se ven afectados).\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eEl panel\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eEn el panel no se escribe nada. Se rellena solo con lo que apuntas.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLo que aún debes, lo pagado hasta ahora y tu camino a cero deudas en porcentaje\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFecha sin deudas: el mes en que desaparece la última\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIntereses ahorrados: lo que ahorra la avalancha frente a la bola de nieve, en euros\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSaldo en el tiempo: la curva de pago prevista, con tu saldo real encima\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOrden de pago y pagos de cada mes frente al plan\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003e10 hojas, todas conectadas\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003ePara el control de deudas solo necesitas tres datos de cada una. El resto lo hace el archivo.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDeudas:\u003c\/strong\u003e saldo, interés y cuota mínima; no hace falta nada más\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlan de amortización:\u003c\/strong\u003e qué deuda va primero y cuándo se salda cada una\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlan bola de nieve y plan avalancha:\u003c\/strong\u003e mes a mes hasta la última cuota\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eComparación:\u003c\/strong\u003e las dos estrategias una al lado de la otra, con la diferencia de intereses en euros\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCalendario de deudas:\u003c\/strong\u003e la fecha de cada deuda\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRegistro de pagos:\u003c\/strong\u003e lo que pagas de verdad, frente al plan\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eTermina antes con un extra al mes\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eDecide cuánto puedes añadir cada mes para pagar deudas más rápido. Si subes la cantidad, ves al momento cuánto antes terminas. Así tu plan de deudas deja de ser un propósito y pasa a tener fecha.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFunciona con\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMicrosoft Excel 2016, 2019, 2021 y Microsoft 365, en Windows y Mac\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGoogle Sheets, gratis en el navegador, también en tablet y móvil\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSin macros, sin complementos, sin suscripción\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEuros, con números y fechas al estilo español (1.234,56 € y 28\/09\/2026)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eTu descarga\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eArchivo de Excel con ocho deudas de ejemplo ya calculadas, para que veas al momento cómo funciona todo\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eArchivo de Excel en blanco, listo para tus cifras\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGuía de uso en PDF, paso a paso y en español, con enlaces de un clic a las versiones de Google Sheets (ejemplo y en blanco)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCondiciones de uso en PDF\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003eEs una descarga digital: no se envía nada físico. El archivo es para tu propio hogar y no está permitido revenderlo ni compartirlo. ¿Dudas antes o después de comprar? Escríbenos desde nuestra página de contacto y te ayudamos.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003ePreguntas frecuentes\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003e¿Necesito Excel o puedo usar Google Sheets?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003ePuedes usar cualquiera de los dos. La descarga incluye archivos para Excel 2016 o posterior en Windows y Mac, y la guía tiene enlaces para hacer tu propia copia en Google Sheets con un clic.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003e¿Qué diferencia hay entre bola de nieve y avalancha?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eEl archivo calcula las dos estrategias con tus propias deudas y las pone una al lado de la otra en la hoja de comparación. Ves cuándo terminas con cada una y cuántos intereses ahorra la avalancha frente a la bola de nieve, en euros.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003e¿Qué datos necesito de cada deuda?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eSolo tres: el saldo, el interés y la cuota mínima. El plan de amortización, el calendario y el panel salen de ahí.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003e¿Puedo apuntar lo que pago de verdad?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eSí. En el registro de pagos apuntas tus pagos reales y el panel los compara con el plan.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003e¿Sirve para una tarjeta revolving o compras a plazos?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eSí. Puedes apuntar cualquier deuda con saldo, interés y cuota mínima, como una tarjeta revolving, un préstamo personal, el préstamo del coche o compras a plazos.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"OPXVIA","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":67597878657118,"sku":"OPX-260","price":12.0,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0769\/2094\/6782\/files\/salir-de-deudas-plan-01.jpg?v=1790833417"}],"url":"https:\/\/opxviashop.com\/collections\/budget-money.oembed?page=3","provider":"OPXVIA","version":"1.0","type":"link"}